Commit graph

6599 commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Felix Fietkau
4a8c72959e nl80211: Fix AP VLAN handling for WDS STA reassociation
When a STA reassociates, the AP VLAN interface is still present,
do not attempt to create it in that case.
2010-11-09 16:03:05 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
7826ceae91 Fix WDS STA reassociation
If the STA entry is present in hostapd, but not in the kernel driver, its
WDS status needs to be restored when the STA reassociates
2010-11-09 16:00:09 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
3efb432952 driver_roboswitch: include net/if.h instead of linux/if.h
including linux/if.h clashes with other header files on some systems
2010-11-09 15:55:34 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
089da7c32b driver_madwifi: fix a compile error on big endian systems 2010-11-09 15:53:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
22a062815d WPS: Add wildcard AuthorizedMACs entry for PBC 2010-11-09 11:24:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
43882f1efc Allow TSN AP to be selected when configured for WEP
Commit d8d940b746 introduced a regression
that prevented TSN APs from being used with WEP since the AP was
rejected if it advertised WPA or RSN IE when we were configured to use
WEP. Resolve this by checking whether the AP is advertising a TSN, i.e.,
whether the AP allows WEP to be used as a group cipher. If so, allow
the AP to be selected if we are configured to use static WEP or
IEEE 802.1X (non-WPA).

It should be noted that this is still somewhat more restricted in AP
selection than earlier wpa_supplicant branches (0.7.x or older) that
ignore the WPA/RSN IE completely when configured for non-WPA.
2010-11-08 21:14:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a149fcc77d wlantest: Add preliminary version of IEEE 802.11 protocol testing tool
This tool can be used to capture IEEE 802.11 frames either from a
monitor interface for realtime capturing or from pcap files for
offline analysis. This version is only adding basic infrastructure for
going through the frames and parsing their headers.
2010-11-07 23:29:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6fc58a89e1 Fix EAP standalone server
Commit c3fc47ea8e fixed EAP passthrough
server to allow Logoff/Re-authentication to be used. However, it
broke EAP standalone server while doing that. Fix this by reverting
the earlier fix and by clearing the EAP Identity information in the
EAP server code whenever an EAPOL-Start or EAPOL-Logoff packet is
received.
2010-11-07 16:25:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f44ae20783 P2P: Drop pending TX frame on new p2p_connect
We need to drop the pending frame to avoid issues with the new GO
Negotiation, e.g., when the pending frame was from a previous attempt at
starting a GO Negotiation.
2010-11-05 18:17:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7e3c178142 Remove unused TX queue parameters related to Beacon frames
These are not used by any driver wrapper, i.e., only the four
data queues (BK, BE, VI, VO) are configurable. Better remove these
so that there is no confusion about being able to configure
something additional.
2010-11-05 01:23:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ccb7e5ee59 WPS: Send WSC_NACK if message without Message Type is received 2010-11-04 18:17:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4a64a51b63 WPS: Share common function for building WSC ACK/NACK
These are identical functions in Enrollee and Registrar and there
is no need to maintain two copies of the same functionality.
2010-11-04 18:16:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7b23f0f3c8 WPS: Do not advertise support for WEP in WPS 2.0 build
There is no point in advertising support for WEP or Shared Key
authentication if we are going to reject those anyway based on
WPS 2.0 rules.
2010-11-04 17:37:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c7c0ddfd91 WPS: Remove PushButton from M1 ConfigMethods on AP
These config methods are for the Enrollee role, i.e., for adding
external Registrars, and as such, PushButton should not be claimed
to be supported.
2010-11-04 17:29:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6e1468839c nl80211: Allow libnl to be replaced with libnl-tiny
CONFIG_LIBNL_TINY=y can be used to select libnl-tiny instead of
libnl.
2010-11-04 17:14:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8dcb61ce5d WPS: Comment out WEP configuration lines on reconfig 2010-11-04 17:02:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
07fef399a1 WPS ER: Clear WPS state if PutMessage does not include NewOutMessage
This is needed to avoid getting stuck with pending WPS operation, e.g.,
when an AP replies to WSC_NACK with HTTP OK, but without following
message.
2010-11-02 11:20:54 +02:00
Helmut Schaa
65ae1afd44 nl80211: Pass data frames from unknown STAs to hostapd
Pass data frames from unknown STAs to hostapd in order to reply with
a Deauthentication or Disassociation frame. This fixes compliance
with IEEE Std 802.11-2007, 11.3.

Furthermore, this does not cause a lot of overhead (at least with
mac80211 drivers) since mac80211 does not pass all data frames (but
at least from unauthenticated and unassociated STAs) to cooked monitor
interfaces.

Tested with rt2800pci on a MIPS board.

Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
2010-10-31 21:36:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d96e79f1e7 Make wpa_hexdump_buf{,-key} handle NULL buffer
This matches with behavior of other wpa_hexdump* functions.
2010-10-31 12:09:18 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
7a6a6374f2 Clear vars in drivers makefile
drivers.mak is shared between hostapd and wpa_supplicant and
compiling them together may create "wrong" flags.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2010-10-31 11:59:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5245483f80 WPS ER: Add validation of WPS attributes in proxied Probe Request
When strict validation is enabled in the build, check the WPS
attributes in proxied Probe Request frames.
2010-10-31 11:57:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ea78c315a2 Add ctrl_interface event for association rejected 2010-10-27 20:28:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
59ddf221c8 Add BSSID to association rejected events 2010-10-27 20:27:39 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
10c4edde6e P2P: Do not re-send PD Request for join-a-group after acked frame
We are not actually interested in the PD Response in join-a-group
case, so there is no point in trying to send PD Request until the
response is received. This avoids an extra PD getting started after
a join-a-group operation in some cases.
2010-10-27 19:36:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c926593119 Allow EAPOL frames from pre-authenticating station to be processed 2010-10-27 11:34:29 +03:00
Shan Palanisamy
d143bdc862 atheros: Remove debug for ioctls that are not used anymore
This is needed to fix build with a newer driver version.
2010-10-27 11:33:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e11f5a2cbc hostapd: Set operstate UP when initializing AP mode
This is needed to avoid problems with other applications setting and
leaving the interface to IF_OPER_DORMANT state. In AP mode, the interface
is ready immediately after the keys are set, so we better make sure the
DORMANT state does not prevent normal operations after that.
2010-10-26 16:30:28 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4e0c025d13 P2P: Fix parsing of UTF-8 device names
The control character verification was supposed to only replace
bytes 0..31, not 0..31 and 128..255 as happened on systems where
char is signed.
2010-10-26 10:40:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
be88391dee WPS ER: Cache AP settings for APs that restart UPnP
This is needed to avoid issues with APs that restart their UPnP,
e.g., when ER reconfigures them. The previously known settings are
now cached and taken into use if an AP is detected to leave
(ssdp:byebye) and then return.
2010-10-25 22:22:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ed159ad41b WPS ER: Add more details to wps_er_pbc failure returns
Indicate the reason for the failure when wps_er_pbc is rejected.
2010-10-25 21:59:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
669f322d0e WPS ER: Fix SetSelectedRegistrar to include wildcard AuthorizedMACs
This is required by WPS 2.0, so add the wildcard address to
AuthorizedMACs if no addresses are in the list.
2010-10-25 21:45:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
20ebd9c4b9 WPS ER: Only activate PBC mode on single AP
Verify that the UUID given to wps_er_pbc command is known and only
activate PBC mode on the matching AP. The UUID can be that of the
AP or the station/Enrollee.
2010-10-25 21:41:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3e7533b399 WPS ER: Show SetSelectedRegistrar events as ctrl_iface events
This makes it easier to figure out if something goes wrong in
preparing the AP for enrolling a station.
2010-10-25 21:29:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c973f3868a P2P: Remove P2P group on driver resource becoming unavailable
Add a new driver event, EVENT_INTERFACE_UNAVAILABLE, for indicating
that the driver is not able to continue operating the virtual
interface in its current mode anymore, e.g., due to operating
channel for GO interface forced to a DFS channel by another virtual
interface.

When this happens for a P2P group interface, the P2P group will
be terminated and P2P-GROUP-REMOVED event shows the reason for
this as follows:
P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan0 GO reason=UNAVAILABLE
2010-10-25 19:16:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3071e18109 P2P: Add mechanism for timing out idle groups
A new configuration parameter, p2p_group_idle, can now be used to set
idle timeout value for P2P groups in seconds (0 = no timeout). If set,
this values is used to remove P2P group (both GO and P2P client)
interfaces after the group has been idle (no clients/GO seen) for the
configuration duration.

The P2P-GROUP-REMOVED event is now indicating the reason for group
removal when known. For example:
P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan0 GO reason=REQUESTED
P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan1 client reason=IDLE
2010-10-25 18:24:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1f4c7b6b2a hostapd: Fix compiler warning
Commit 83e843e830 copied a workaround
without updating the return value to match with the void function.
2010-10-25 13:38:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
83e843e830 hostapd: Avoid crashing on station mode disassoc event
Some driver wrappers may end up indicating a disassociation or
deauthentication event without the address of the station, e.g.,
based on a previous non-AP mode event. Avoid crashing hostapd
by verifying that the require address parameter is available in
the event before processing it.
2010-10-22 17:43:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
450eddcfae hostapd: Add wps_config ctrl_interface command for configuring AP
This command can be used to configure the AP using the internal
WPS registrar. It works in the same way as new AP settings received
from an ER.
2010-10-21 16:49:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7374b68ee9 P2P: Fix p2p_send_action conversions
Couple of these missed the change in the first argument and resulted
in various crashes.
2010-10-20 21:32:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3f9285ff19 P2P: Delay send_action call if p2p_scan is in progress
In order to avoid confusing the driver with a new remain-on-channel
request, delay sending of a new Action frame if the driver indicates
Action frame RX diromg a scan.
2010-10-20 19:44:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0b8889d8e5 P2P: Do not stop Listen state if it is on correct channel
This is needed to optimize response to GO Negotiation Request frames.
The extra remain-on-channel cancel followed by new remain-on-channel for
the same channel takes too much time with some driver/firmware
designs for the response to go out quickly enough to avoid peer
timing out while waiting for our response.
2010-10-20 19:44:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ef10f4733f WPS ER: Add wps_er_set_config to use local configuration
This command can be used to enroll a network based on a local
network configuration block instead of having to (re-)learn the
current AP settings with wps_er_learn.
2010-10-20 13:37:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cbbf4a1cc3 WPS: Fix a compiler warning in hostapd_wps_update_ie() 2010-10-20 13:35:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2c8a4eef41 WPS: Update Beacon/ProbeResp IE on wps_version_number changes
This test command is supposed to change the WPS version number in all
places immediately, so make sure that the IEs used in management
frames get updated immediately.
2010-10-19 19:57:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3f4ce13fde P2P: Track non-P2P members in the group and set Group Limit bit
The P2P group component is now tracking of associated stations
in the group and the Group Limit bit in the Group Capabilities
is updated based on whether there is room for new clients in
the group.
2010-10-19 18:10:28 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
93b7ddd032 P2P: Skip GO Neg Conf ack failure workaround of send failures
The workaround to ignore no ctrl::ack received for GO Negotiation
Confirmation frame was only supposed to be used when the frame was
actually transmitted and just the ack was not received. However, due
to the way the driver failure on transmitting the frame were reported,
this ended up getting applied for all failures in sending the GO
Negotiation Confirmation frame.

Improve this by providing a mechanism to indicate whether send_action
operations fail locally before the frame was actually transmitted or
because of not receiving ack frame after having transmitted the frame.
2010-10-19 12:47:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2b67a67144 WPS UPnP: Add more debug for event subscription 2010-10-19 12:43:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
99ba7f889b WPS: Do not drop subscriptions based on max queue length
UPnP event subscriptions are not supposed to be dropped based on
whether events can be delivered quickly enough. Leave dropping to
happen only based on failed deliveries to avoid issues with a burst
of events kicking out still active subscribers.
2010-10-17 21:36:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f30e698c08 WPS UPnP: Add more priority for queuing EAP events 2010-10-17 21:30:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
08a98b6544 WPS UPnP: Throttle WLANEvent notifications to 5 per second
Do not send more than five Probe Request WLANEvent notifications
per second. Even though the limit should in theory apply to all
WLANEvents, it is better not to drop EAP notifications because
of Probe Request frames and really, the only real reason for
event bursts is Probe Request frames.
2010-10-17 21:24:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3904567d0b WPS: Limit Probe Request event queuing if subscriber may have left
Instead of queuing all events for a subscriber, only queue more
important events if delivery of event notifications starts failing.
This allows more time for the subscriber to recover since the maximum
queue length if not reached because of Probe Request frames only.
2010-10-17 20:58:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d1e17fbc9c WPS: Schedule sending of pending events after failure
There is no point leaving these pending events waiting for something
new to trigger us to continue.
2010-10-17 20:57:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8c3a2f11ab WPS: Separate local error from max queue length reached
Drop subscription only if the max queue length has been reached;
not based on any error.
2010-10-17 20:29:28 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
dd50c2d425 WPS UPnP: Improved event notification failure processing
Instead of dropping the subscription on first failure, allow up to
10 failures before dropping. In addition, drop the callback URLs
one by one instead of full subscription if only one URL is failing.
2010-10-17 20:26:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
10fb1a984f WPS: Convert assert() to error return 2010-10-17 20:23:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1f1d4df09a WPS UPnP: Fix memory leak on retry case
The event entry needs to be freed when giving up on retries.
2010-10-17 20:22:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3953627b35 WPS: Add more debug info for UPnP operations 2010-10-17 20:20:28 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ed31b5ebcf WPS: Remove unused define
This timeout value was moved to now separate HTTP client implementation.
2010-10-17 20:15:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
75c3fc2e8a WPS: Cleaned up URL parser not to modify const buffer
There is no need to use '\0' termination here in string parsing,
so we may as well clean this up to follow the const declaration.
2010-10-17 20:12:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
75779589e8 WPS: Drop subscription if it does not have any valid callback address 2010-10-17 20:11:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d0ebf3285f WPS: Remove unused error path code 2010-10-17 20:10:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
acd0ef4d3c WPS UPnP: Fix HTTP client timeout event code
The define here was overriding the event code enum value and that
resulted in incorrect code being used and WPS UPnP code ignoring the
timeout events.
2010-10-17 20:07:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0e8da74e22 Fix build with drivers that use driver_wext.c
If CONFIG_DRIVER_WEXT=y is not used in .config, but driver_wext.c
gets pull in to help another driver wrapper, rfkill code needs to
included to fix the build.
2010-10-15 22:11:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
33c5deb816 nl80211: Indicate channel list change events
Listen to regulatory event messages from kernel and convert them to
internal driver event notifications indicated that the channel list
may have changed.
2010-10-15 18:56:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b5c9da8db3 P2P: Add mechanism for updating P2P channel list based on driver events
This allows P2P channel list to be updated whenever the driver changes
its list of allowed channels, e.g., based on country code from scan
results.
2010-10-15 18:55:22 +03:00
Anil Gathala Sudha
a0dee79709 P2P: Send AP mode WPS-FAIL event to parent interface
The AP operation with wpa_supplicant requires an additional callback
to get the needed event information from hostapd side so that
wpa_msg() can be called for wpa_s->parent if needed.
2010-10-14 20:57:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fc215bfe86 WPS: Add WPS-FAIL ctrl_interface event for hostapd 2010-10-14 20:50:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
81611b95ff WPS: Add Config Error into WPS-FAIL events
This makes it easier to figure out what could have failed in the
WPS protocol and potentially provide more information for the
user on how to resolve the issue.
2010-10-14 20:49:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d054a4622c P2P: Reject multi-channel concurrent operations depending on driver
The driver wrapper can now indicate whether the driver supports
concurrent operations on multiple channels (e.g., infra STA connection
on 5 GHz channel 36 and P2P group on 2.4 GHz channel 1). If not,
P2P_CONNECT commands will be rejected if they would require
multi-channel concurrency.

The new failure codes for P2P_CONNECT:

FAIL-CHANNEL-UNAVAILABLE:
The requested/needed channel is not currently available (i.e., user has
an option of disconnecting another interface to make the channel
available).

FAIL-CHANNEL-UNSUPPORTED:
The request channel is not available for P2P.
2010-10-14 14:24:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7861cb08c9 P2P: Share code for p2p_connect/authorize channel preparation 2010-10-14 12:45:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1e19f73495 P2P: Verify that p2p_connect forced frequency is allowed for P2P
Do not accept forced frequency unless the specified channel is
allowed for P2P, i.e., is included in the local list of
advertised channels.
2010-10-14 12:42:17 +03:00
Paul Stewart
7ee35bf395 nl80211: Add more details into signal change events
Add new survey retrieval function and add txrate to station into the
EVENT_SIGNAL_CHANGE events.
2010-10-12 20:01:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
68d6fe5693 WPS: Workaround broken Credential encoding from some D-Link APs
At least D-Link DIR-600 and DIR-825 have been reported to include
an extra octet after the Network Key attribute within a Credential
attribute. This can happen at least when they are provisioning an
open network.

Add a workaround to detect this incorrectly encoded attribute and
to skip the extra octet when parsing such a Credential.
2010-10-11 16:07:49 +03:00
Johannes Berg
5582a5d1b3 nl80211: Use nl80211 for Probe Request/Response frames
The new nl80211 API means we don't need to use monitor interfaces. This
means that the P2P implementation now requires a kernel that has support
for generic management frame (not just Action frame) transmission.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2010-10-10 18:10:37 +03:00
Johannes Berg
9884f9cc1c nl80211: Refactor Action frame TX
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2010-10-10 18:00:25 +03:00
Johannes Berg
bd94971e11 nl80211: Use new frame registration API
This is backward compatible since older kernels will ignore the extra
attribute and only allow registration for Action frames.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2010-10-10 17:55:18 +03:00
Johannes Berg
6ee04cfcf4 nl80211: support intra-BSS configuration
Using the AP_ISOLATE nl80211 option, we can support intra-BSS
distribution configuration.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2010-10-10 17:48:54 +03:00
Johannes Berg
a65a9aed7e nl80211: work around libnl bug
libnl has a bug, when binding more than two sockets and releasing one,
it will release the wrong address and then try to reuse it, which fails.
Therefore, we need to reimplement the socket address assignment logic
locally for libnl 1.1.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2010-10-10 17:47:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4e698e5c30 WPS: Fix WPS commands in wpa_supplicant AP mode
Commit 9290cc1800 broke this by moving
to use for_each_interface() which is not available in wpa_supplicant
AP mode.
2010-10-10 17:43:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ca0d6b81d6 P2P: Fix a typo to fix CONFIG_P2P=y build
Previous typo fix was missed here.
2010-10-10 17:28:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
257a515295 nl80211: Sync with wireless-testing.git 2010-10-09 11:57:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c3fc47ea8e EAP server: Allow reauth to be started with passthrough
Some sequencies of EAPOL logoff/logon/start messages seem to be
able to get the previous implementation into state where hostapd
would not be able to start reauthentication when external
authentication server is used. The EAP server code would bypass
the initial Identity Request generation and EAPOL code would not
be able to send anything to the authentication server or supplicant
at that point. Work around this by forcing EAP server code to
start with Identity Request after INITIALIZE state even if the
Identity is known.
2010-10-09 08:53:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
dce044cce5 P2P: Extend P2P manager functionality to work with driver MLME
Add P2P IE into Beacon, Probe Response, and (Re)Association Request
frames for drivers that generate this frames internally.
2010-10-08 18:16:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b74c19faf5 P2P: Fix a typo in P2P manager definition 2010-10-08 18:15:38 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2f7d9f2dd9 Apply WPS configuration changes to all interfaces that use WPS
When a single hostapd process is controlling multiple interfaces,
apply the received or auto-generated configuration changes to all
interfaces that have enabled WPS.
2010-10-08 17:32:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e55f98f4b8 Disable AP PIN on all interfaces controlled by the same process
When a single hostapd process is used to manage multiple interfaces,
disable AP PIN on all interfaces if an attack is detected on any
interface.
2010-10-08 17:24:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9290cc1800 Apply hostapd WPS commands to all interfaces on concurrent APs
When the same hostapd process is controlling multiple interfaces,
apply WPS commands (push button, add PIN, change AP PIN) to all
interfaces that are configured to use WPS.
2010-10-08 17:15:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bf0ed63f3f Allow a postfix to be defined for the version number
A separate build number (etc.) version number postfix can now be
added to the build without having to modify source code files by
defining VERSION_STR_POSTFIX. This can be done, e.g., by adding
following line to .config:

CFLAGS += -DVERSION_STR_POSTFIX=\"-foo\"
2010-10-07 10:51:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0314e26a61 Fix wpa_supplicant AP mode with WPS not to crash
Commit 3379a3a795 added a direct
iface->for_each_interface use without verification whether the
function is available. This works with hostapd, but not
wpa_supplicant (which crashes on segfault).
2010-10-06 16:46:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
416192628d Fix AP mode 40 MHz pri/sec channel parsing in overlap determination
The previous implementation ended up incorrectly assuming that all
40 MHz use cases have secondary channel above the primary one. Fix this
by properly masking the secondary channel offset field and checking its
value.
2010-10-06 14:09:44 +03:00
David A Benjamin
32f4e7b124 wext: Fix scan result signal levels when driver reports in dBm
wpa_supplicant showed signal levels incorrectly with some drivers:
Jun  6 16:29:36 rupert wpa_supplicant[18945]: Current BSS: 00:0d:97:11:40:d6
level=190
Jun  6 16:29:36 rupert wpa_supplicant[18945]: Selected BSS: 00:0d:97:11:50:09
level=192

Judging from output from other tools (iwlist) and the min_diff block
at the end of wpa_supplicant_need_to_roam, it seems these values
should actually be negative. Specifically, if one treats that number
as a signed char instead of unsigned, everything matches up.

To be honest, I've little to no understanding of wireless, but looking
at the source code for wireless-tools (iw_print_stats in iwlib.c), it
seems that the fields of the iw_quality struct need to be decoded
differently depending on various flags. I guess
src/drivers/driver_wext.c should have similar logic in
wext_get_scan_qual.

I wrote a patch that attempts to replicate some of that logic,
although it may be more complicated than is necessary; I think some of
the complexity is for backwards-compatibility, which might not be
necessary depending on wpa_supplicant's dependencies? In any case, it
is attached. Again, I don't know how any of this works, so it's likely
the patch is a bit off. But I think at least the logic to determine
min_diff in wpa_supplicant_need_to_roam would be more accurate if
level were determined correctly.
2010-10-04 08:25:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8602b0f213 nl80211: Include linux/rtnetlink.h explicitly
This is needed with libnl-tiny to get various definitions that
get included implicitly with libnl.
2010-09-29 21:52:51 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
7598389afe nl80211: Sync the header file with wireless-testing.git 2010-09-29 21:39:40 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
12970f8a57 atheros: Prefer WSC IE in (Re)Association Request frame
This is needed to work properly with WPS stations that may include
both WPA/RSN IE and WSC IE when associating for WPS provisioning.
2010-09-24 17:01:03 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
6d1031b971 WPS ER: Add more debug info on initialization errors 2010-09-24 16:05:58 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
a9d69254e3 WPS ER: Make sure PIN timeout does not interrupt PBC operation
We need to clear the selected registrar timeout from wps_er_learn
when stopping the protocol run at M7 (previously, this was done only
when WSC_Done was being processed). In addition, we need to cancel
the timeout when a new PBC operation is started.
2010-09-23 14:45:55 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
fa37511fa7 WPS: Fix hostapd reconfig to update WPS UPnP string pointers
This is needed to update the pointers maintained within WPS code
to use the new configuration data instead of maintaining pointers
to the old configuration which will be freed. This fixes strings in
UPnP discovery after reconfig (they used to be random freed memory..).
2010-09-22 19:34:32 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
7d698c4ec7 WPS: Add more debug details for Credential building 2010-09-22 19:20:01 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
2d5e0d78e9 WPS ER: Fix debug message for protocol run done case
This is not a failure and should not be indicated as such in the
debug log.
2010-09-22 19:19:33 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
3237bfb1a3 WPS: Fix strict validation of encrypted data for WSC 2.0-only case
Need to figure out whether the message is from a WSC 2.0 -based
device based on the unencrypted attributes, not the contents of the
encrypted data since the Version2 subelement is only included in the
unencrypted area.
2010-09-22 19:17:13 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
70153d385c hostapd: Add virt/phy flag for Display/PushButton if needed (WPS 2.0)
This seems to be the easiest way of making sure the Config Methods
value is compliant with the WSC 2.0 specification without having
to modify the configuration file. However, this will only add the
virtual flag, so the configuration files should really be updated
to specify values that match the AP design.
2010-09-22 17:45:43 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
370cb2a9ce WPS: Making some parsing messages use excessive debug level
This makes it easier to read -dd debug logs in environments that
have multiple WPS or P2P devices.
2010-09-22 11:39:58 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
82fb18472e WPS: Fix strict validation of (Re)Association Response
This frame is supposed to include Response Type, not Request Type
attribute.
2010-09-22 11:13:18 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
0e2e565a44 WPS 2.0: Provide (Re)Association Response WPS IE to driver
WPS 2.0 mandates the AP to include WPS IE in (Re)Association Response
if the matching (Re)Association Request included WPS IE. Provide the
needed WPS IE information to the driver_ops API for drivers that
process association frames internally.

Note: This modifies the driver_ops API by adding a new argument to
set_ap_wps_ie().
2010-09-22 10:46:44 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
baf7081ccd WPS: Add MAC address to validation error message for Probe Request
This makes it easier to figure out which device is sending invalid
Probe Request frames.
2010-09-22 10:07:20 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
b4e34f2fdf WPS: Make testing operations configurable at runtime
Instead of build time options (CONFIG_WPS_TESTING_EXTRA_CRED and
CONFIG_WPS_EXTENSIBILITY_TESTING), use a single build option
(CONFIG_WPS_TESTING) and runtime configuration of which testing
operations are enabled. This allows a single binary to be used
for various tests.

The runtime configuration can be done through control interface
with wpa_cli/hostapd_cli commands:
Enable extensibility tests:
set wps_version_number 0x57
Disable extensibility tests (WPS2 build):
set wps_version_number 0x20
Enable extra credential tests:
set wps_testing_dummy_cred 1
Disable extra credential tests:
set wps_testing_dummy_cred 0
2010-09-21 19:51:23 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
ab98525399 WPS 2.0: Fix AuthorizedMACs check to accept wildcard address
We need to accept both our own address and the ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
as an indication of the AP having authorized us.
2010-09-21 19:36:44 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
252d7db297 P2P: Fill in default Config Methods in Invitation Request
If the peer is not authorized for GO Negotiation, wps_method is not
actually set. In that case, it is better to fill in our default
config methods rather than end up leaving the field to be zero.
2010-09-21 18:26:01 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
3379a3a795 WPS: Fix Beacon WPS IE on concurrent dualband AP in PBC mode
The Beacon frame must include UUID-E and RF Bands attributes when
in active PBC mode to allow stations to figure out that two BSSes in
PBC mode is not a PBC session overlap.
2010-09-20 15:32:29 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
ff28ccafd5 WPS: Add BSSID to strict validation error messages
This makes it easier to figure out which AP is sending invalid
Beacon or Probe Response frames.
2010-09-20 14:54:22 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
e0369e3664 WPS: Use same UUID in multi-interface case
When generating the UUID based on MAC address, share the same UUID
with all interfaces. This fixes a potential issue with concurrent
dualband APs where the UUID needs to be same for PBC to work properly.
2010-09-20 14:28:43 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
e64e3d245e WPS: Fix CONFIG_WPS_OOB build
The Version2 attribute was previous changed to a subelement and
the OOB code was missed during the change.
2010-09-19 17:18:43 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
3d32c6517d EAP-pwd: Fix couple of memory leaks 2010-09-14 22:16:17 -10:00
Jouni Malinen
d52be1db76 EAP-pwd: Move bnctx into per-protocol instance structure
This avoids double frees of bnctx and related crashes.
2010-09-14 22:04:09 -10:00
Dan Harkins
df684d82ff EAP-pwd: Add support for EAP-pwd server and peer functionality
This adds an initial EAP-pwd (RFC 5931) implementation. For now,
this requires OpenSSL.
2010-09-14 21:51:40 -10:00
Sudhakar Swaminathan
0f66abd25b P2P: Add option for disabling intra BSS distribution
p2p_intra_bss configuration parameter can now be used to
disable/enable intra BSS distribution (bridging of frames between
the clients in a group).
2010-09-10 10:30:26 -07:00
Ardong Chen
2049af2bd5 P2P: Fix invitation_received callback to use NULL bssid (if not known)
Previously, the storage buffer for the Group BSSID was returned
regardless of whether it was included in the invitation or not.
2010-09-10 10:30:26 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
e2197af1b2 P2P: Make sure parsed Device Name gets null terminated
If the msg->device_name buffer is filled from two different sources,
the copy from the P2P Device Info attribute needs to make sure that
the values gets null terminated to match the length of the correct
string should the other place use another string (which is not really
allowed by the spec, but could happen).
2010-09-10 10:30:26 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
ae3e342108 P2P: Add peer timeout into group formation 15 second timeout
This adds some more time for WPS provisioning step in case the peer
takes long time to start group interface operations.
2010-09-10 10:30:25 -07:00
Ardong Chen
2f9929ffcc WPS: Allow pending WPS operation to be cancelled
A new ctrl_interface command, WPS_CANCEL, can now be used to cancel
a pending or ongoing WPS operation. For now, this is only available
with wpa_supplicant (either in station or AP mode). Similar
functionality should be added for hostapd, too.
2010-09-10 10:30:25 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
fbe7027239 P2P: Provide local event on GO Neg Req rejection
If an authorized (p2p_connect used locally) GO Negotiation is
rejected when receiving GO Negotiation Request from the peer,
indicate the failure with a ctrl_interface P2P-GO-NEG-FAILURE
event. Previously, this event was only shown on the peer (i.e.,
the device receiving the GO Negotiation Response with non-zero
Status code).
2010-09-10 10:30:25 -07:00
Ardong Chen
ffe98dfb88 P2P: Process Invitation Request from previously unknown peer
Since this message now includes P2P Device Info attribute, it is
reasonable to learn the peer data and process the message instead of
rejecting the message.
2010-09-10 10:30:25 -07:00
Ardong Chen
17bef1e97a P2P: Add peer entry based on Provision Discovery Request
Add (or complete Probe Request only) P2P peer entry when receiving
Provision Discovery Request from a previously unknown peer. This is
especially of use for a GO when a P2P client is requesting to join
a running group.
2010-09-10 10:30:25 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
812bf56ab1 Fix build without CONFIG_P2P=y 2010-09-09 07:20:28 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
e9a7ae41fa P2P: Use SSID from GO Negotiation to limit WPS provisioning step
In order to avoid picking incorrect SSID from old scan results, use
SSID from GO Negotiation to select the AP.
2010-09-09 07:17:23 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
f8d0131a11 P2P: Use operating frequency from peer table as backup for join
The scan operation before Provision Discovery Request may not include
the GO. However, we are likely to have the GO in our P2P peer table,
so use that information to figure out the operating channel if BSS
table entry is not available.
2010-09-09 07:17:23 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
f7a6905735 P2P: Add a workaround for Extended Listen Timing getting stuck
This should not really happen, but it looks like the Listen command
may fail is something else (e.g., a scan) was running at an
inconvenient time. As a workaround, allow new Extended Listen
operation to be started if this state is detected.
2010-09-09 07:17:23 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
6125c661d5 P2P: Fix cross connection allowed parser to use correct field
The previous version had a bug that could result in NULL pointer
dereference if the P2P IE included Manageability attribute, but no
Capability attribute.
2010-09-09 07:17:22 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
5548ddc217 P2P: Allow P2P IE without Device Info in (Re)Assoc Req
This can happen, e.g., when a P2P client connects to a P2P group
using the infrastructure WLAN interface instead of P2P group
interface. In that case, the P2P client may behave as if the GO
would be a P2P Manager WLAN AP.
2010-09-09 07:17:21 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
b6c79a998f Add test command for disabling/enabling A-MPDU aggregation
ctrl_iface command "SET ampdu <0/1>" can now be used to
disable/enable A-MPDU aggregation.
2010-09-09 07:17:21 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
0cc8be3e45 P2P: Fix code order to avoid potential NULL pointer dereference 2010-09-09 07:17:21 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
c4ea4c5c90 P2P: Allow driver wrapper to indicate how many stations are supported
This can be used to limit the number of clients allowed to connect
to the group on the GO.
2010-09-09 07:17:21 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
eea2fd9eff P2P: Add mechanism for configuring UAPSD parameters for group
This is needed to be able to change parameters for dynamically
created interfaces between the creation of the interface and
association/start AP commands.

Following ctrl_interface commands can now be used:

P2P_SET client_apsd disable
- disable configuration (i.e., use driver default) in client mode

P2P_SET client_apsd <BE>,<BK>,<VI>,<VO>;<max SP Length>
- enable UASPD with specific trigger configuration (0/1) per AC
  (max SP Length is currently ignored)

P2P_SET go_apsd disable
- disable configuration (i.e., use driver default) in AP mode

P2P_SET go_apsd <0/1>
- disable/enable APSD in AP mode
2010-09-09 07:17:21 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
2f837b41dc P2P: Fix build after WSC 2.0 change to use WFA vendor extension 2010-09-09 07:17:21 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
2d509b39b1 WPS: Fix ER PBC overlap detection build with P2P changes 2010-09-09 07:17:21 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
5ded7d3eb8 P2P: Fix GAS fragmentation to match with IEEE 802.11u
P2P specification v1.15 fixed the description of the GAS fragmentation
to not duplicate NQP Query Response Field header in all fragments. This
change makes the fragmentation match with the description in IEEE
802.11u. The change is not backwards compatible with previous P2P
specification versions as far as fragmented SD responses are concerned.
2010-09-09 07:17:21 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
3dfda83d9c P2P: Add Device Password ID to GO Neg Request RX event
This event indicates the Device Password ID that the peer tried
to use in GO Negotiation. For example:
P2P-GO-NEG-REQUEST 02:40:61:c2:f3:b7 dev_passwd_id=4
2010-09-09 07:17:20 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
4147a2cc64 P2P: Fix p2p_connect join with interface address
Need to fetch P2P Device Address from the peers table in case the
p2p_connect join command uses interface address.
2010-09-09 07:17:20 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
72044390f3 P2P: Add support for cross connection
If enabled, cross connection allows GO to forward IPv4 packets
using masquerading NAT from the P2P clients in the group to an
uplink WLAN connection. This is disabled by default and can be
enabled with "wpa_cli p2p_set cross_connect 1" on the P2P device
interface.
2010-09-09 07:17:20 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
6c6915f3db P2P: Add defined values for P2P Manageability Bitmap 2010-09-09 07:17:20 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
0af196088c P2P: Fix device discoverability to not wait before sending GO Neg Req
When we receive Device Discoverability Response, we need to initiate
new GO Negotiation as quickly as possible to avoid the target client
from going back to sleep. Make sure we do not end up in
P2P_CONNECT_LISTEN state (short Listen mode) in this case.
2010-09-09 07:17:20 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
aefb53bd5d P2P: Disable periodic NoA when non-P2P STA is connected
For now, this applies to the test command that can be used to set
periodic NoA (p2p_set noa). The value are stored and periodic NoA
is enabled whenever there are no non-P2P STAs connected to the GO.
2010-09-09 07:17:20 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
4c08c0bd57 P2P: Include P2P IE in (Re)AssocReq to infra AP if it uses P2P IE
While this is not strictly speaking required by the P2P specification
for a not-P2P Managed Device, this can provide useful information for
the P2P manager AP and may be needed to pass certification tests.
2010-09-09 07:17:20 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
5be5305b7e P2P: Include Extended Listen Timing attribute in (Re)AssocReq
If extended listen timing is enabled, it should be advertised in
(Re)Association Request frames sent to GOs.
2010-09-09 07:17:20 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
04d8dad5c7 P2P: Wait on operating channel between invitation requests
If running in active GO mode to invite a device to join the group,
wait on operating channel instead of listen channel.
2010-09-09 07:17:20 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
d9d6a58c8f P2P: Fix invitation to active group to use correct operating channel
Invitation Request must use the current operating frequency of the
group, not the default operating channel.
2010-09-09 07:17:20 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
48e4377093 P2P: Fix WSC IE not to include two Device Name attrs with WPS 2.0 is used 2010-09-09 07:17:20 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
d5b20a73b2 P2P: Fix channel forcing for p2p_connect auth 2010-09-09 07:17:19 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
18eff3a3a7 P2P: Use 0-timeout when inviting to running group as client 2010-09-09 07:17:19 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
952f119242 P2P: Add Device Info attribute to Invitation Request
This was added as a mandatory attribute in one of the recent spec
updates.
2010-09-09 07:17:19 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
55a625799f P2P: Add Group Info attr into Probe Response in GO without clients
While there is no real value in this, the spec seems to mark this
attribute as mandatory from GO, so better included it regardless
of whether we have clients or not (the attribute is empty in case
no clients are connected).
2010-09-09 07:17:19 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
80c9582a5f P2P: Add test command for filtering which peers are discovered
"wpa_cli p2p_set peer_filter <MAC address>" can now be used to
only allow a single P2P Device (based on P2P Device Address) to be
discovered for testing. Setting the address to 00:00:00:00:00:00
disables the filter.
2010-09-09 07:17:19 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
9e00ea1aa3 P2P: Fix country string mismatch validation off-by-one offset
0x04 was being checked from incorrect location when skipping country
code validation.
2010-09-09 07:17:19 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
18708aadfc P2P: Initial support for SD fragmentation (GAS Comeback Request/Response) 2010-09-09 07:17:19 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
bf608cad56 P2P: Rename SD info not available define to match with spec change 2010-09-09 07:17:19 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
3c5126a41f P2P: Set Device Password ID in WPS M1/M2 per new rules
If the P2P client (WPS Enrollee) uses a PIN from the GO (Registrar),
Device Password ID in M1 & M2 is set to Registrar-specified.
2010-09-09 07:17:19 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
c381508d88 P2P: Implement power save configuration
wpa_cli p2p_set ps <0/1/2>
wpa_cli p2p_set oppps <0/1>
wpa_cli p2p_set ctwindow <0..> msec
2010-09-09 07:17:19 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
40c03fd40b P2P: Handle p2p_scan tracking in SEARCH state
Previously, only the initial p2p_scan was used to delay starting new
P2P operations. However, this should have applied to the SEARCH state
scans, too.
2010-09-09 07:17:18 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
962473c136 P2P: Add preliminary P2P Manager AP support for hostapd 2010-09-09 07:17:18 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
ef7963917c P2P: Add group notification from (re)association request 2010-09-09 07:17:18 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
f684e608af P2P: Use PSK format in WPS Credential 2010-09-09 07:17:17 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
8ccbe415ba P2P: Add group notifications 2010-09-09 07:17:17 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
e44f8bf20a P2P: Add P2P configuration and callbacks in hostapd code 2010-09-09 07:17:17 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
b22128efdc P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module 2010-09-09 07:17:17 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
c2af2afb3b P2P: Preparations for adding P2P IE into Beacon/Probe Response frames 2010-09-09 07:17:17 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
b305c684b8 P2P: Save a copy of P2P IE(s) data from (Re)Association Request 2010-09-09 07:17:17 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
046b26a24e nl80211: Add P2P operations 2010-09-09 07:17:17 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
2883205ec8 driver_test: Add functionality for allowing P2P testing 2010-09-09 07:17:17 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
75bde05d53 P2P: Add driver operations for P2P use 2010-09-09 07:17:16 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
62281bc690 P2P: Do no process Probe Request with P2P wildcard SSID in WPS
The Probe Request frames used in P2P Device Discovery should not be
processed by the WPS implementation.
2010-09-09 07:17:16 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
935a948f97 P2P: Enable use of WPS Requested Device Type without WPS 2.0 2010-09-09 07:17:16 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
63675def6e P2P: Add Device Name into WPS IE in Probe Request frames 2010-09-09 07:17:16 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
91a9464528 Make IEEE 802.11 IE parser aware of P2P IE
This does not handle fragmented IEs and is only used to check quickly
whether the IE blob includes any P2P IE(s).
2010-09-09 07:17:16 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
dd6cc5a20c P2P: Wi-Fi Direct frame format definitions 2010-09-09 07:17:16 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
fdc9eeb175 WPS 2.0: Convert new attributes into WFA vendor extension
The WSC 2.0 specification moved to use another design for the new
attributes to avoid backwards compatibility issues with some
deployed implementations.
2010-09-09 06:07:49 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
ac4dcaf7bf WPS 2.0: Fix strict mode validation of UPnP MAC Address format
This was supposed to only reject the message from WPS 2.0 ER, not from
WPS 1.0 ER.
2010-09-09 06:07:49 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
42f50264c0 WPS: Make fragment size configurable for EAP-WSC peer
"wpa_cli set wps_fragment_size <val>" can now be used to configure the
fragment size limit for EAP-WSC.
2010-09-09 06:07:49 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
ecece754db WPS: Add more debug prints for authorized MACs operations 2010-09-09 06:07:49 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
498cdee0c7 WPS ER: Use PBC overlap detection
ER should follow same rules as internal Registrar in an AP for
session overlap detection.
2010-09-09 06:07:49 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
6a4477236e WPS 2.0: Only reject Probe Request frames from WPS 2.0 devices 2010-09-09 06:07:49 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
e69b86b71d WPS 2.0: By default, use strict validation reject only with WPS 2.0 2010-09-09 06:07:49 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
5fabd9fefb WPS: Fix strict validation to mandate Network Index attribute
While this attribute is is now deprecated, it is still required
for backwards compatibility. Better check this if strict validation
is enabled.
2010-09-09 06:07:49 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
e6e25d37a3 WPS 2.0: Use strict validation of NewWLANEventMAC only with WPS 2.0
This avoids some testing issues with WPS 1.0 implementations while
maintaining strict validation for WPS 2.0 implementations.
2010-09-09 06:07:49 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
b68ccf4048 WPS ER: Do not use SetSelectedRegistrar when learning/configuring AP 2010-09-09 06:07:49 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
ad4741183f WPS 2.0: Make sure PHY/VIRT flag gets set for PBC 2010-09-09 06:07:48 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
168f840169 WPS 2.0: Add strict validation of SetSelectedRegistrar attributes 2010-09-09 06:07:48 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
545ee4fd3d WPS 2.0: Add wildcard AuthorizedMACs if Enrollee address is not known 2010-09-09 06:07:48 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
53587ec183 WPS 2.0: Make WSC 2.0 support to be build option (CONFIG_WPS2)
For now, the default build will only include WSC 1.0 support.
CONFIG_WPS2=y can be used to add support for WSC 2.0.
2010-09-09 06:07:48 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
c15a854aec WPS 2.0: Add tool for testing protocol extensibility
This is disabled by default and can be enabled by defining
CONFIG_WPS_EXTENSIBILITY_TESTING.
2010-09-09 06:07:48 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
4a34969824 WPS: Add a test mechanism for adding an extra credential into M8
This can be used to build a test version of ER that adds an extra
Credential attribute into M8.
2010-09-09 06:07:48 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
54f489be45 WPS 2.0: Validate WPS attributes in management frames and WSC messages
If CONFIG_WPS_STRICT is set, validate WPS IE(s) in management frames and
reject the frames if any of the mandatory attributes is missing or if an
included attribute uses an invalid value. In addition, verify that all
mandatory attributes are included and have valid values in the WSC
messages.
2010-09-09 06:07:48 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
00ae50bc87 atheros: Use larger buffer for WSC IE changes
This resolves issues in updating Beacon/Probe Response frame IEs
in a case where the value may be long enough to get fragmented
into multiple IEs.
2010-09-09 06:07:48 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
ed1c1ebfb4 WPS 2.0: Ignore WEP Credentials as station Enrollee
Ignore Credential if it is for a WEP network. Reject the message if
no valid Credential is found.
2010-09-09 06:07:48 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
6be2d7f826 WPS 2.0: Enforce new security policy of received AP Settings
When receiving new AP Settings from ER, reject WEP configuration
and upgrade WPA-Personal/TKIP only to mixed mode (i.e., add
WPA2-Personal/CCMP).
2010-09-09 06:07:48 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
6b633b4da7 WPS 2.0: Fix Probe Request WPS IE building to be able to fragment data
If all the device information attributes use their maximum lengths,
a single WPS IE is not enough to fit in all the data and as such,
we must be able to fragment the data. In addition, the wpabuf needs
to be allocated larger to fit in maximum data.
2010-09-09 06:07:47 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
dcc4d8be75 WPS 2.0: Disable WPS workarounds if CONFIG_WPS_STRICT is defined 2010-09-09 06:07:47 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
5314d652d4 WPS 2.0: Modify empty-string workaround to meet 2.0 rules
Instead of using 0x00 as the extra character, use space (' ') to
avoid failing tests that verify that the variable length string
attributes are not null terminated. In addition, this workaround
can now be disabled by defining CONFIG_WPS_STRICT for the build.
This can be done by adding following line to .config:
CFLAGS += -DCONFIG_WPS_STRICT

However, it should be noted that such a build may not interoperate
with some deployed WPS 1.0 -based implementations and as such, is
mainly designed for testing.
2010-09-09 06:07:47 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
6a857074f4 WPS 2.0: Add virtual/physical display and pushbutton config methods 2010-09-09 06:07:47 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
662bd57522 WPS 2.0: Add device attributes into Probe Request
Add Manufacturer, Model Name, Model Number, and Device Name attributes
into the WSC IE in the Probe Request frames.
2010-09-09 06:07:47 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
cfe1c3f1ef WPS 2.0: Add Request to Enroll attribute into Probe Request
Whenever wpa_supplication is using Request Type Enrollee, it is trying
to enroll into a network. Indicate this with the explicit inclusion of
Request to Enroll attribute with value TRUE.
2010-09-09 06:07:47 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
31fcea931d WPS 2.0: Add support for AuthorizedMACs attribute
Advertize list of authorized enrollee MAC addresses in Beacon and
Probe Response frames and use these when selecting the AP. In order
to provide the list, the enrollee MAC address should be specified
whenever adding a new PIN. In addition, add UUID-R into
SetSelectedRegistrar action to make it potentially easier for an AP
to figure out which ER sent the action should there be multiple ERs
using the same IP address.
2010-09-09 06:07:47 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
f439079e93 WPS 2.0: Add new attributes and update version negotiation
This adds definitions and parsing of the new attributes that were added
in WPS 2.0. In addition, the version negotiation is updated to use the
new mechanism, i.e., accept everything received and use the new Version2
attribute in transmitted messages.
2010-09-09 06:07:47 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
a0fad21014 Indicate Barker Preamble Mode in ERP IE also based on local configuration
While this is not strictly speaking required based on dynamic
configuration (i.e., dot11ShortPreambleOptionImplemented is static
value based on implementation, not runtime configuration), it is better
to follow local configuration parameter for short preamble in addition
to the associated station capabilities.
2010-09-05 13:11:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
702934a163 atheros: Fix driver deinit function to be run
hostapd uses hapd_deinit(), not deinit() wpa_driver_ops.
2010-09-05 13:04:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4a46e82fb4 atheros: Deinit l2_packet sock_xmit on error path 2010-09-05 13:03:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8421e95c71 Fix segfault in hostapd_eid_ht_capabilities() with some drivers
This function is not really needed in case of drivers that build the
HT IEs internally. However, since this can get called if ieee80211n=1
is set in hostapd.conf, we better not segfault even if the driver
does not provide hw info (hapd->iface->current_mode == NULL).
2010-09-05 12:47:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0caf077bc1 WPS: Fix hostapd build without CONFIG_WPS_UPNP
Commit 5a1cc30f1a added code that was
assuming CONFIG_WPS_UPNP is enabled whenever CONFIG_WPS is. Fix this
by making the UPnP calls conditional on CONFIG_WPS_UPNP define.
2010-09-05 12:34:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cce1f698e5 WPS: Use more defensive design to avoid theoretical NULL deref
Prior to commit 6195adda9b the sm->user
dereference did not exist here. While this is in practice non-NULL,
better use more defensive construction here to avoid NULL pointer
dereference should this ever change.
2010-09-04 21:37:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0c80427d77 NDIS: Fix association for WPS provisioning with protected AP
Some NDIS drivers require a workaround to allow them to associate
with a WPS AP that is already using protection (Privacy field = 1).
Let driver_ndis.c know if the AP is already using Privacy and if so,
configure a dummy WEP key to force the driver to associate.
2010-09-04 13:56:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f4e5fd948a l2_packet_ndis: Fix overlapped write not to corrupt stack
When using overlapped write, we must have the provided memory
areas available during the operation and cannot just use stack
unless we wait for the completion within the function. In the case
of TX here, we can easily wait for the completion since it is likely
to happen immediately. In addition, this provides more reliable
success/failure return value for l2_packet_send(). [Bug 328]
2010-09-02 13:23:14 +03:00
Helmut Schaa
36af1c7d31 hostapd: enable STBC only for STBC capable STAs
hostapd simply used its own STBC configuration in the STA's HT caps. This
resulted in TX STBC being used for STAs not supporting RX STBC, which in
turn resulted in the STA not receiving anything.

Fix this by handling the STBC flags in the same way mac80211 does. Mask
out RX STBC if we don't support TX STBC and vice versa.

Tested only with the nl80211 driver and a STBC incapable STA.

Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
2010-08-28 12:25:44 +03:00
Masashi Honma
60da5e0f3f Solaris: Add support for wired IEEE 802.1X client
This patch adds support for wired IEEE 802.1X client on the Solaris.

I have tested with these:
OS : OpenSolaris 2009.06
EAP : EAP-MD5
Switch : Cisco Catalyst 2950
2010-08-28 11:40:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
60a972a68d Add current signal strength into signal quality change events 2010-08-27 16:58:06 +03:00
Masashi Honma
9c77ad1889 trace: Fix void pointer arithmetic
The arithmetic on void pointer exists in trace routine. On GNU C, it
works because void pointer size is 1, but not all compilers behave like
this. So this patch specifies the size of the pointer.
2010-08-26 18:35:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
31fa4c6d98 Remove unused ieee802_11_send_deauth() 2010-08-25 21:18:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ef546700e2 WPS: Optimize M2 processing in AP Setup Locked case
There is no need to process the public key and generate keys if
the AP is going to reject this M2 anyway. This limits effect of
potential CPU DoS attacks in cases where AP PIN is disabled.
2010-08-24 16:42:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5a1cc30f1a WPS: Add support for dynamic AP PIN management
A new hostapd_cli command, wps_ap_pin, can now be used to manage
AP PIN at runtime. This can be used to generate a random AP PIN and
to only enable the AP PIN for short period (e.g., based on user
action on the AP device). Use of random AP PIN that is only enabled
for short duration is highly recommended to avoid security issues
with a static AP PIN.
2010-08-24 16:35:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
944814106e WPS: Do not disable AP PIN permanently, only slow down attacks
As a compromise between usability and security, do not disable
AP PIN permanently based on failed PIN validations. Instead, go to
AP Setup Locked state for increasing amount of time between each
failure to slow down brute force attacks against the AP PIN.

This avoids problems with some external Registrars that may try
to use the same PIN multiple times without user input. Now, the
user will still be able to fix the PIN and try again later while
a real attack is delayed enough to make it impractical.
2010-08-24 15:24:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
035cc69d98 WPS: Use WSC_NACK if no device password is known on M2 RX
This can happen on the AP if the AP PIN is not configured and
the client tries to go through the protocol instead of just using
Registrar mode to receive M1 from the AP. It is cleaner to send
out the WSC_NACK instead of just stopping the protocol.
2010-08-24 12:56:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8cbd92ee29 EAP-FAST server: Add I-ID into PAC-Info
This indicates that the peer identity is associated with the
credential and will be required to match with the identity used
during authentication when the PAC is used (RFC 5422, 4.2.4).
2010-08-19 21:16:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2e75a2b3a6 Add more debug info on deauth/disassoc events and commands 2010-08-17 21:04:38 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
43dd46b3bc Fix memory leak in AP WEP key configuration 2010-08-17 21:04:07 +03:00
Samuel Ortiz
cb1583f64b sme: Try all authentication algorithms when the first one fails
When passing several authentication algorithms through auth_alg, we
should try all of them when the first one fails. The wext driver goes
through the connect nl80211 command and the retries are then handled by
the kernel. The nl80211 doesn't and we have to handle that from
userspace.

Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2010-08-17 16:39:33 +03:00
Paul Stewart
cb30b297bd nl80211: Ignore "DEAUTH" messages from APs we are not associated to
DEAUTH messages can come from a number of different sources. The one
that's hurting us currently is DEAUTH netlink messages coming to us
from compat-wireless in response to local_state_change DEAUTH messages
we sent as a part of cleaning up state in driver_nl80211's
clear_state_mismatch() function. However, DEAUTH messages can come
from a variety of unwanted sources, including directed denial-of-service
attacks (although MAC verification doesn't place that high a barrier),
so this validation is actually generically useful, I think.

The downside to this method is that without a kernel based approach
"iw dev wlan0 link" no longer works correctly after clear_state_mismatch()
is done.  This will be pursued with the kernel folks.
2010-08-16 21:27:26 +03:00
Daniel Gryniewicz
6c78ae1443 Fix RSN preauth candidate list clearing to avoid segfaults
Commit c5b26e33c1 broke the processing
of the candidate list entries when an old entry was either removed or
reused. The entry needs to be removed from the list to avoid leaving
pointers to freed memory.

http://bugs.gentoo.org/show_bug.cgi?id=330085
http://w1.fi/bugz/show_bug.cgi?id=372
2010-08-14 19:01:14 +03:00
Johannes Berg
ba2d0d7d68 nl80211: Don't pass ctx to wpa_driver_nl80211_init_nl
Currently, we don't use the sock_ctx that we get passed by eloop, so
don't assign it.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2010-08-11 18:33:24 +03:00
Johannes Berg
f48ffe4364 nl80211: Remove unused pending_send_action
This variable is assigned only once and never tested, so basically
unused.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2010-08-11 18:33:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
92afbe9d63 WPS: Make DH debug prints easier to understand 2010-08-11 18:02:39 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
15ed5535ad nl80211: Show remain-on-channel duration in debug output 2010-08-11 18:02:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
26af9dcaef nl80211: Try mode changes multiple times to avoid some races
cfg80211/mac80211 seems to be unwilling to change interface mode in
some cases. Make these less likely to cause problems by trying the
changes up to 10 times with 100 msec intervals.
2010-08-11 18:01:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6195adda9b WPS: Allow AP to start in Enrollee mode without AP PIN for probing
In theory, this should not really be needed, but Windows 7 uses
Registrar mode to probe AP's WPS capabilities before trying to use
Enrollee and fails if the AP does not allow that probing to happen.
This allows the AP to start as an Enrollee and send M1, but refuse
to continue beyond that (M3 will not be sent if AP PIN is not known).
2010-07-26 18:12:08 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
67ccef7e6c FT: Send RRB data directly when managed by same hostapd process
This makes it easier (and a bit faster) to handle multiple local
radios with FT. There is no need to depend on l2_packet in that
case since the frame can be delivered as a direct function call.
2010-07-25 20:30:12 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
08b19cb404 WPS: Limit WPS ER event_id < 2^31 bits to avoid issues with atoi()
Previously, large event_id values (> 2^31) resulted in integer
overflow that would make ER drop all events from the AP.
2010-07-20 22:56:58 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
7f6ec672ea EAP server: Add support for configuring fragment size 2010-07-20 22:56:10 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
f3a3e6987e WPS: Allow fragment size to be configured 2010-07-20 22:55:39 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
4e22adb4d1 WPS: Move from WLAN_STA_MAYBE_WPS to WLAN_STA_WPS based on EAP messages
If the station does not include WSC IE in Association Request, it
is marked with WLAN_STA_MAYBE_WPS flag. We can update that to
WLAN_STA_WPS if the station uses either of the WPS identity strings.
This enables some workarounds for WPS stations.
2010-07-18 16:10:08 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
9301f6515e WPS: Reduce client timeout with EAP-WSC to avoid long wait
This works around issues with EAP-Failure getting lost for some reason.
Instead of waiting up to 60 seconds on a timeout, 30 second timeout is
now used and whenever the provisioning step has been completed (either
successfully or unsuccessfully), this timeout is reduced to 2 seconds.
2010-07-18 16:09:30 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
3239706303 WPS: Force disconnection after provisioning step
This works around some problems where the station is unable to disconnect
for some reason (e.g., if EAP-Failure gets dropped).
2010-07-18 16:08:52 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
c01106f3e8 WPS: Add more debug info for DH keys 2010-07-17 20:23:55 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
b3b2da770e Define Public Action and Vendor-specific Public Action frames 2010-07-17 20:22:40 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
950388f745 IEEE 802.11u GAS defines 2010-07-17 20:21:39 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
4796272f5f nl80211: show TX status (ack) in debug log 2010-07-17 20:17:43 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
e9501a07c6 FT: Fix RRB messages to use correct endianness
The pairwise cipher field is supposed to be little endian, but the
message building functions did not swap the bytes on big endian
hosts while the message processing functions did. Fix this by using
little endian byte order in both places.
2010-07-17 17:48:32 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
2f1ce78bf7 WPS: Add a workaround for OS X 10.6.3 and .4 (use PSK, not passphrase)
It looks like 10.6.3 and 10.6.4 do not like to receive Network Key
with WPA passphrase while PSK format still works. Use peer information
from M1 to figure out whether the Enrollee is likely to be OS X and
if so, force PSK format to be used for Network Key.
2010-07-05 15:37:47 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
612e9160e2 WPS: Add a workaround for parsing M1 from OS X 10.6
It looks like Mac OS X adds unexpected 0x00 padding to the end of M1.
Skip that padding to avoid interop issues.
2010-07-05 13:04:54 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
2d8bf73298 Add new debug message level for excessive information
Some frequent debug prints are of limited use and make debug output
difficult to read. Make them use a new debug level so that -dd
provides more readable output (-ddd can now be used to enable
the excessive debug prints).
2010-07-05 12:21:48 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
cc91e07e57 OpenSSL: Fix public key length in DH group 5 operations
The length of the prime was used incorrectly and this resulted
in WPS DH operation failing whenever the public key ended up having
leading zeros (i.e., about every 1/256th time).
2010-06-26 21:03:25 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
41e650ae5c WPS: Use different scan result sorting rules when doing WPS provisioning
The AP configuration may change after provisioning, so it is better
not to use the current security policy to prioritize results. Instead,
use WPS Selected Registrar attribute as the main sorting key and use
signal strength next without considering security policy or rate sets.
The non-WPS provisioning case remains as-is, i.e., this change applies
only when trying to find an AP for WPS provisioning.
2010-06-11 13:50:13 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
9abe9b2c35 WPS: Add workaround for missing Network Key attribute
Some deployed implementations do not include the mandatory Network
Key attribute when a WPS Credential is for an open network. Allow
this to improve interoperability since the actual key value is not
really needed for open networks.
2010-06-11 11:29:10 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
9776475fb9 WPS: Do not proxy Probe Request frames to foreign SSIDs to Registrars
We must only indicate stations that are either probing the wildcard SSID
or our own SSID.
2010-06-10 22:36:34 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
a63063b4f6 rfkill: Use rtnetlink ifup/ifdown events
Replace use of rfkill block event with rtnetlink ifdown. This makes
the design more robust since the rfkill event could have been for
another interface while the rtnetlink events are already filtered
based of ifindex. In addition, the new design handles other than
rfkill-triggered ifdown/ifup events, too. rfkill unblocked event
is still needed to try to set the interface back up. If the unblock
was for another interface, ifup will fail and the driver state is
not changed.
2010-05-31 18:52:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
84b2f9909f Fix driver operation order in configuration reloading
Some of the driver wrappers need to get set_ieee8021x() call before
they can configure keys. Reorder the operations in the reloading
of configuration case to match with that expectation.
2010-05-29 22:27:27 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7f5957abcf eloop: Fix crash on signal handler cancelling next timeout
It is possible that the timeout pointer becomes invalid in one of the
signal handlers, so we need to reload the pointer after those.
2010-05-28 22:18:28 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8b0ea5a07e atheros: Fix WPA/802.1X disabling to clear Privacy flag
Setting IEEE80211_PARAM_AUTHMODE to IEEE80211_AUTH_AUTO ends up enabling
Privacy mode in the driver. We need to clear that to allow hostapd to be
reconfigured into open mode.
2010-05-28 21:51:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7d6640a62c WPS ER: Add command for configuring an AP
wps_er_config can now be used to configure an AP. It is similar to
wps_er_learn, but instead of only learning the current AP settings,
it continues to send M8 with the new settings for the AP.
2010-05-28 00:01:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
15dbf1291a WPS ER: Add ctrl_iface event for learned AP settings 2010-05-27 15:24:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0848668513 WPS ER: Allow AP filtering based on IP address
wps_er_start command now takes an optional parameter that can be used
to configure a filter to only allow UPnP SSDP messages from the
specified IP address. In practice, this limits the WPS ER operations
to a single AP and filters out all other devices in the network.
2010-05-27 15:23:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
826fe5fec3 WPS ER: Fix Credential to use correct Enrollee MAC Address
When starting the protocol run with an Enrollee, clone the AP Settings
and replace the AP MAC Address with the Enrollee MAC Address so that the
correct value is then used in the Credential attribute in M8.
2010-05-27 15:22:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ed7a09f914 Add WPS IE into (Re)Association Response frame if WPS is used
If the associating station indicates that it is intents to use WPS
by including WPS IE in (Re)Association Request frame, include WPS IE
in (Re)Association Response frame.
2010-05-26 18:46:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
16e46ec043 Reassemble WPS IE(s) in (Re)Association Request if needed
Use a function that will take care of possible (though, very unlikely)
fragmentation of WPS TLVs in (Re)Association Request frames.
2010-05-26 18:17:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
99e437ad52 Fix WPS attribute parser to use correct pointer for Response Type 2010-05-26 17:12:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
32b752ef8f Internal TLS: Fix X.509 name handling to use sequency of attributes
There may be more than one attribute of same type (e.g., multiple DC
attributes), so the code needs to be able to handle that. Replace the
fixed structure with an array of attributes.
2010-05-25 20:55:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
969b403fa7 Internal TLS: Add domainComponent parser for X.509 names 2010-05-25 19:43:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5216938960 Fix memory leak on rfkill init error path 2010-05-25 12:06:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8c0ef18199 Fix a typo in unused attribute name 2010-05-25 09:57:22 +03:00
Masashi Honma
6db1602d5b bsd: Use set_freq() API for AP mode wpa_supplicant
Previous version driver_bsd.c switches the channel in
wpa_driver_bsd_associate(). This patch changes it to use set_freq().
I have tested this patch on FreeBSD 8.0/NetBSD 5.0.2 with hostapd,
wpa_supplicant(AP) and wpa_supplicant(STA).
2010-05-23 12:20:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8401a6b028 Add Linux rfkill support
Add a new wpa_supplicant state: interface disabled. This can be used
to allow wpa_supplicant to be running with the network interface even
when the driver does not actually allow any radio operations (e.g.,
due to rfkill).

Allow driver_nl80211.c and driver_wext.c to start while rfkill is in
blocked state (i.e., when ifconfig up fails) and process rfkill
events to block/unblock WLAN.
2010-05-23 10:27:32 +03:00
Andriy Tkachuk
6deb41e73f Update WPS IE on hostapd reconfiguration
This is needed to handle cases where WPS state may have changed and
hostapd is reloading its configuration.
2010-05-02 11:21:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1bc774a12a hostapd: Reorder some IEs to get closer to IEEE 802.11 standard
Vendor-specific IEs are supposed to be in the end of the frame, so move
WMM into the end of Beacon, Probe Response, and (Re)Association Response
frames. In addition, move HT IEs to be later in (Re)Association
Response to match the correct order.

hostapd_eid_wpa() adds multiple IEs and the end result may not always be
correct. If WPA is enabled, WPA IE (vendor-specific) gets added in the
middle of the frame and not in the end. This would require a larger
change to spliut the IEs from WPA module into separate locations when
constructing Beacon and Probe Response frames. This is not yet addressed.
2010-05-02 10:53:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b4a1256d36 Fix fallback from failed PMKSA caching into full EAP authentication
Commit 83935317a7 added forced
disconnection in case of 4-way handshake failures. However, it should
not have changed the case where the supplicant is requesting fallback
to full EAP authentication if the PMKID in EAPOL-Key message 1/4 is
not know. This case needs to send an EAPOL-Start frame instead of
EAPOL-Key message 2/4.

This works around a problem with APs that try to force PMKSA caching
even when the client does not include PMKID in (re)association request
frame to request it. [Bug 355]
2010-05-01 17:35:28 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
439d4bf960 Fix EAPOL_SM_USES_WPA flag to be set correctly
Commit c02d52b405 removed direct calls
to the WPA authenticator, but the change here was incorrect.
EAPOL_SM_USES_WPA was supposed to be set based on sta->wpa_sm being
set, i.e., no need to check for PMKSA entries for that.

While this could potentially change EAPOL Key TX state machine behavior,
no clear problems have been identified so far. Anyway, better fix this
to get the correct flags set for EAPOL authenticator state machine.
2010-05-01 17:12:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3ab72b626b Fix WPA state machine initialization on WPA_REAUTH if needed
When using WPS, we may end up here if the STA manages to re-associate
without the previous STA entry getting removed. Consequently, we need to
make sure that the WPA state machines gets initialized properly at this
point.
2010-04-23 16:49:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fb2ab5dd6a hostap.git is now 0.8.x development tree
0.7.x for branched into hostap-07.git for stable releases.
2010-04-18 21:01:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
be48214d2b Preparations for 0.7.2 release 2010-04-18 18:02:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e4cbe058d6 TNC: Add more debug infor to EAP-TNC server state changes 2010-04-18 12:24:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
11804a4ebc TNC: Fix EAP-TNC fragmentation of the last message
62477841a1 tried to address fragmentation
issues, but it did not address the case where the final EAP-TNC
message gets fragmented. Move the state update to the correct place
to address this case, too.
2010-04-18 12:21:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5febb0d272 TNCS: Fix uninit in error case to not double free IMVs 2010-04-18 11:10:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e0f412b927 atheros: Restore ATH_WPS_IE definition and comment 2010-04-17 21:47:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9b74812032 atheros: Add more robust and complete debug info for ioctl failures 2010-04-17 21:45:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a317d8520e atheros: Update to build with the current driver version 2010-04-17 21:04:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2de5a860a3 Fix build without CONFIG_FULL_DYNAMIC_VLAN 2010-04-17 21:01:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7992b07f6a Remove unnecessary SUBDIRS loops from src/*/Makefile
There are no subdirectories in any of these directories or plans
for adding ones. As such, there is no point in running the loop
that does not do anything and can cause problems with some shells.
2010-04-17 17:10:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e34ce1683c VLAN: Reorder init to get same behavior for all VLAN interfaces
Both the wildcard VLAN entry and the statically configured VLAN
interfaces should behave in the same way. Initializing the
full dynamic VLAN code before adding the statically configured VLAN
interfaces allows the same processing to be applied to both statically
and dynamically added VLAN interface (i.e., also the statically
configured ones will be added to a bridge).
2010-04-17 09:48:27 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0249c988bb VLAN: Set statically configured VLAN interfaces up
This is needed to be able to bind stations to them with mac80211.
2010-04-17 09:45:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
37eb8da957 nl80211: Fix wpa_supplicant build 2010-04-16 14:13:27 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b9c3e576cb VLAN: Fix bridge interface clean up for no tagged_interface case 2010-04-16 01:13:46 +03:00
M. Braun
20e2cb0ae0 VLAN: Decrease bridge forwarding delay to avoid EAPOL timeouts 2010-04-16 00:48:32 +03:00
M. Braun
0ab7a701ab nl80211: Fix initial add_ifidx() realloc to not forget values
We need to make a copy of the old entries the first time the
if_indices buffer gets allocated.
2010-04-16 00:39:59 +03:00
M. Braun
97cfcf6482 nl80211: Add bridge interfaces to own ifindex list automatically
Whenever our own interface is added to a bridge, add that bridge
into the list of own interfaces.
2010-04-16 00:36:33 +03:00
M. Braun
37ba0928d5 VLAN: Set dynamic VLAN up to fix STA bind and key setup 2010-04-15 23:54:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cd1d72c1d0 nl80211: Add more debug info on NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN failures 2010-04-15 23:46:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4254100d6c Stop processing if STA VLAN bind fails 2010-04-15 23:44:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
91faf6b948 VLAN: Clean up debug code and error messages 2010-04-15 20:35:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c47cf42e4b WPS: Fix association when both WPS and WPA/RSN IE are included
The WPS IE was overriding the WPA/RSN IE in driver based MLME case
(hostapd_notif_assoc), but the MLME code here was not using WPS IE
correctly, i.e., it allowed the WPA/RSN IE override the operation.
2010-04-15 12:55:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
843123590a Fix hostapd build without WPS 2010-04-12 15:15:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0cb445a472 Fix internal DH implementation not to pad shared key
The returned buffer length was hardcoded to be the prime length
which resulted in shorter results being padded in the end. However,
the results from DH code are supposed to be unpadded (and when used
with WPS, the padding is done in WPS code and it is added to the
beginning of the buffer). This fixes WPS key derivation errors
in about 1/256 of runs ("WPS: Incorrect Authenticator") when using
the internal crypto code.
2010-04-12 12:25:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0544b24248 Add BSSID and reason code (if available) to disconnect event
This adds more details into the CTRL-EVENT-DISCONNECTED event to
make it easier to figure out which network was disconnected in some
race conditions and to what could have been the reason for
disconnection. The reason code is currently only available with
the nl80211 driver wrapper.
2010-04-11 21:25:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e3802622db nl80211: Define set_freq for wpa_supplicant, too 2010-04-11 20:36:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c706d5aa17 Add wpa_supplicant AP mode events for Public Action frames 2010-04-11 20:33:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
195420b8d1 Add WPS Registrar success callback 2010-04-11 20:21:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b3db190fa2 Started to make set_ap_wps_ie() capable of adding multiple IEs
This mechanism can be used to add various IEs to Beacon and Probe
Response frames and it should be made clear that it is not reserved
only for WPS IE.
2010-04-11 20:16:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
087f0254d7 FT: Fix wpa_sm_set_ft_params wrapper for non-FT build 2010-04-11 19:49:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
814782b9fe Allow driver wrappers to indicate maximum remain-on-channel duration 2010-04-11 19:42:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
de12717a56 nl80211: Fix key configuration in wpa_supplicant AP mode 2010-04-11 19:35:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bc19f67240 nl80211: Remove forgotten Action frame registration example 2010-04-11 19:32:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f3585c8a85 Simplify driver_ops for virtual interface add/remove
There is no absolute requirement for separating address allocation
into separate functions, so simplify the driver wrapper interface
to use just if_add and if_remove instead of adding the new
alloc_interface_addr() and release_interface_addr() functions.

if_add() can now indicate if the driver forced a different interface
name or address on the virtual interface.
2010-04-11 19:23:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
addb584881 EAP-MD5: Use conditional success decision
The server may still reject authentication at this point, so better
use conditional success decision. This allows the potentially
following EAP-Failure message to be processed properly. [Bug 354]
2010-04-11 13:43:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f8bf142175 nl80211: Fix memory leak on send_action error path 2010-04-11 12:29:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8d6399e455 Use unsigned bitfield for 1-bit values 2010-04-11 12:27:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e6ecca7737 Fix wpa_sm_has_ptk() no-WPA wrapper location 2010-04-11 11:39:14 +03:00
Yogesh Ashok Powar
721abef9b3 Allow advertising of U-APSD functionality in Beacon
hostapd does not implement UAPSD functionality. However, if U-APSD
functionality is implemented outside hostapd, add support to advertise
the functionality in beacon.

Signed-off-by: yogeshp@marvell.com
2010-04-11 11:32:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0f857f43df FT: Validate MDIE and FTIE in FT 4-way handshake message 2/4 2010-04-10 22:40:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0d7b44099f SME: Do not try to use FT over-the-air if PTK is not available 2010-04-10 22:39:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3b4f6dac19 FT: Verify that MDIE and FTIE matches between AssocResp and EAPOL-Key 3/4 2010-04-10 22:06:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5af8187e11 Split EAPOL-Key msg 3/4 Key Data validation into helper functions 2010-04-10 21:55:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
86dfabb809 FT: Add FTIE, TIE[ReassocDeadline], TIE[KeyLifetime] to EAPOL-Key 3/4
These are mandatory IEs to be included in the FT 4-Way Handshake
Message 3.
2010-04-10 21:42:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
48de343cd4 Add more verbose debugging for EAPOL-Key Key Data field IEs/KDEs 2010-04-10 21:42:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
55046414b1 FT: Copy MDIE and FTIE from (Re)Association Response into EAPOL-Key 2/4
IEEE Std 802.11r-2008 requires that the message 2 includes FTIE and
MDIE from the AP's (Re)Association Response frame in the Key Data
field.
2010-04-10 16:48:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d3ccead325 Make wpa_compare_rsn_ie() handle missing IEs 2010-04-10 16:47:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1566ec4685 Parse EAPOL-Key msg 2/4 Key Data IEs/KDEs before checking RSN/WPA IE
This is needed to avoid incorrect validation errors on RSN/WPA IE
when using FT since there may be more than a single IE in the
Key Data field.
2010-04-10 16:46:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e7846b6859 FT: Clean up wpa_sm_set_ft_params() by using common parse
Instead of parsing the IEs in the callers, use the already existing
parser in wpa_ft.c to handle MDIE and FTIE from initial MD association
response. In addition, this provides more complete access to association
response IEs to FT code which will be needed to fix FT 4-way handshake
message 2/4.
2010-04-10 11:36:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0ae145cde8 FT: Validate FTIE fields in Reassociation Request
ANonce, SNonce, R0KH-ID, and R1KH-ID must match with the values
used in the previous FT authentication sequence message per
IEEE Std 802.11r-2008, 11A.8.4.
2010-04-09 17:14:27 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8aaf894de2 FT: Validate protect IE count in FTIE MIC Control 2010-04-09 17:08:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
148fb67d5e FT: Validate SNonce and ANonce values during FT Protocol in supplicant 2010-04-09 17:02:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f4ec630d1b FT: Set FT Capability and Policy properly in MDIE during initial MD assoc
This field needs to be copied from the scan results for the AP
per IEEE Std 802.11r-2008, 11A.4.2.
2010-04-09 16:41:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
76b7981d07 FT: Copy FT Capability and Policy to MDIE from target AP
This sets the FT Capability and Policy field in the MDIE to the values
received from the target AP (if available). This fixes the MDIE contents
during FT Protocol, but the correct value may not yet be used in initial
mobility domain association.
2010-04-09 16:26:20 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3db6531436 FT: Add R1KH-ID into FT auth seq 3rd message (Reassoc Req)
This is a mandatory subelement per IEEE Std 802.11r-2008, 11A.8.4.
2010-04-09 16:08:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6e80516ab9 FT: Fix Reassociation Response in FT Protocol to include ANonce/SNonce
These values are required to be included in the frame per
IEEE Std 802.11r-2008, 11A.8.5.
2010-04-09 13:36:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1f6e69e07b FT: Do not add MIC to FTIE during initial MD association
We do not have any keys set at this point so there is no point in
adding the MIC. In addition, IEEE Std 802.11r-2008, 11A.4.2
describes this frame to have MIC IE count of 0 and MIC of 0.
2010-04-09 13:30:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6de513fcd3 Fix compiler warning on non-802.11r build 2010-04-08 12:25:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7733991281 nl80211: Start using NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE
This removes transmission of some unnecessary Deauthentication
frames in cases where we only need to clear the local state. In
addition, this resolves issues for 802.11r FT-over-DS by allowing
authentication state to be set locally even when no actual
Authentication frame is to be transmitted.
2010-04-08 11:31:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
27cf8871ad Sync with wireless-testing.git include/linux/nl80211.h
This adds NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE.
2010-04-08 11:29:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
39eb4d0877 FT: Fix GTK subelement format in FTIE
The Key Info field was changed from 1-octet field to 2-octet field
in 802.11r/D7.0, but that had not been updated in the implementation.
2010-04-07 23:57:39 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
26e23750b9 FT: Fix FT 4-Way Handshake to include PMKR1Name in messages 2 and 3
IEEE Std 802.11r-2008, 11A.4.2 describes FT initial mobility domain
association in an RSN to include PMKR1Name in the PMKID-List field
in RSN IE in messages 2/4 and 3/4. This makes the RSN IE not be
bitwise identical with the values used in Beacon, Probe Response,
(Re)association Request frames.

The previous versions of wpa_supplicant and hostapd did not add the
PMKR1Name value in EAPOL-Key frame and did not accept it if added
(due to bitwise comparison of RSN IEs). This commit fixes the
implementation to be compliant with the standard by adding the
PMKR1Name value into EAPOL-Key messages during FT 4-Way Handshake and
by verifying that the received value matches with the value derived
locally.

This breaks interoperability with previous wpa_supplicant/hostapd
versions.
2010-04-07 21:04:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
738a1cb286 FT: Do not include RSN IE in (Re)Assoc Resp during initial MD association
RSN IE is only supposed to be included in Reassociation Response frames
and only when they are part of a fast BSS transition.
2010-04-07 17:27:46 +03:00
Gregory Detal
bb437f282b AP: Add wpa_msg() events for EAP server state machine 2010-04-07 11:13:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
68532a9ceb Avoid hostapd segfault on invalid driver association event
Running hostapd and wpa_supplicant on the same interface at the same
time is not expected to work, but it should not cause hostapd to crash.
Ignore station mode association events (no addr field) to avoid this.
2010-04-07 10:01:49 +03:00
Andriy Tkachuk
99f4ae67b7 Fix WPA/RSN IE update on reconfig with set_generic_elem()
IF WPA/RSN parameters were changed or WPA/RSN was disabled, the
WPA/RSN IE in Beacon/Probe Response frames was only update with
set_beacon(). We need to do this with set_generic_elem(), too, to
work with all driver wrappers.
2010-04-06 20:44:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
643743e215 WPS: Fix WPS IE update in Beacon frames for nl80211
Call ieee802_11_set_beacon() in addition to set_ap_wps_ie() when
processing WPS IE updates. This is needed with drivers that use
set_beacon() instead of set_ap_wps_ie() (i.e., nl80211).
2010-04-06 18:04:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2c59362905 WPS: Add a workaround for incorrect NewWLANEventMAC format
Some ER implementation (e.g., some versions of Intel PROSet) seem to
use incorrect format for WLANEventMAC variable in PutWLANResponse.
Work around this by allowing various MAC address formats to be used
in this variable (debug message will be shown if the colon-deliminated
format specified in WFA WLANConfig 1.0 is not used).
2010-04-06 10:38:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
448a0a19d7 Add a more flexible version of hwaddr_aton: hwaddr_aton2()
This version of the MAC address parser allows number of different
string formats for the address (e.g., 00:11:22:33:44:55, 0011.2233.4455,
001122334455, 00-11-22-33-44-55). It returns the number of characters
used from the input string in case of success.
2010-04-06 10:37:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
81a658d754 FT: Re-set PTK on reassociation
It turns out that this is needed for both FT-over-DS and FT-over-air
when using mac80211, so it looks easiest to just unconditionally
re-configure the keys after reassociation when FT is used.
2010-04-04 09:34:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2220821113 FT: Use bridge interface (if set) for RRB connection
This fixes receiving of RRB messages between FT APs
2010-04-04 09:31:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
21c9b6903e FT: Set WLAN_AUTH_FT auth_alg on FT-over-DS case
This is needed to allow reassociation processing to skip 4-way handshake
when FT-over-DS is used with an AP that has a previous association state
with the STA.
2010-04-04 09:17:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d8ad6cb966 FT: Force key configuration after association in FT-over-DS
This seems to be needed at least with mac80211 when a STA is using
FT-over-DS to reassociate back to the AP when the AP still has the
previous association state.
2010-04-04 09:16:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9a3cb18d74 Add AP-STA-DISCONNECT event for driver-based MLME 2010-04-04 08:14:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c41a1095b5 Allow hostapd_notif_assoc() to be called with all IEs
This makes the call simpler for driver wrappers since there is no need
to parse the IEs anymore before indicating association. In addition,
this allows association processing to be extended to use other IEs
in the future.
2010-04-04 08:14:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0823031750 Fix Windows compilation issues with AP mode code 2010-04-04 08:14:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ade07077ec Add address to hostapd_logger output in wpa_supplicant as AP case 2010-04-04 08:14:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
93368ca4a2 WPS: Do not include Label in default Config Methods
This avoids conflict with both Label and Display being included at
the same time (which would make it difficult to figure out which
PIN was actually used).
2010-04-04 08:14:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
11356a2ab5 WPS: Fix PBC session overlap detection to use Device Password Id
Active PBC mode is indicated by Device Password Id == 4, not Config Methods
attribute.
2010-04-04 08:13:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f8130b07bb driver_osx: Update set_key arguments to fix build 2010-04-04 08:13:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7b1080dadd MFP: Fix IGTK PN in group rekeying
IGTK get_seqnum needs to be skipped in the same way as GTK one when
rekeying group keys. Previously, the old PN value (the one from the
previous key) was indicated and that resulted in MMIE replay detection
at the station.
2010-03-29 22:57:10 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
32d5295f9d Add a drop_sa command to allow 802.11w testing
This drops PTK and PMK without notifying the AP.
2010-03-29 15:42:04 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
358c3691cf MFP: Add SA Query Request processing in AP mode 2010-03-29 14:05:25 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
b91ab76e8c Add test commands for sending deauth/disassoc without dropping state
This can be used to test 802.11w by sending a protected or unprotected
deauth/disassoc frame.

hostapd_cli deauth <dst addr> test=<0/1>
hostapd_cli disassoc <dst addr> test=<0/1>

test=0: unprotected
test=1: protected
2010-03-29 12:01:40 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
e820cf952f MFP: Add MFPR flag into station RSN IE if 802.11w is mandatory 2010-03-29 10:48:01 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
a042f8447d Fix ctrl_iface get-STA-MIB for WPS disabled case
The previous version would crash here on NULL pointer dereference if
WPS was disabled.
2010-03-29 09:59:16 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
b625473c6c Add driver command and event for signal strength monitoring 2010-03-28 15:31:04 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
93910401c9 nl80211: Parse CQM events 2010-03-28 13:56:40 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
d43331b6ea Sync with wireless-testing.git include/linux/nl80211.h 2010-03-28 12:47:17 -07:00
Holger Schurig
2ea2fcc7e6 nl80211: Fix WEP key configuration for prior to authentication
The driver data was changed from struct wpa_driver_nl80211_data * to
struct i802_bss * and the internal call will need to match that change.
2010-03-27 22:22:17 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
03bcb0af0d Fix wpa_auth_iface_iter() to skip BSSes without Authenticator
This could cause NULL pointer deference if multi-BSS configuration
was used with OKC in some cases.
2010-03-26 23:26:24 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
9fad706c68 nl80211: Add more debug information about scan request parameters 2010-03-26 22:22:38 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
15664ad01a nl80211: Silence set_key ENOLINK failure messages on key clearing
This happens in common case and is expected, so there is no need to
include the potentially confusing failure message in the debug log.
2010-03-26 21:58:31 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
ef580012d1 FT: Fix Authorized flag setting for FT protocol
4-way handshake or EAPOL is not used in this case, so we must
force Authorized flag to be set at the conclusion of successful
FT protocol run.
2010-03-13 21:43:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5d5a9f0021 FT: Clean EAPOL supp portValid to force re-entry to AUTHENTICATED
This fixed FT-over-DS to end up in Authorized state when the EAPOL
PAE state machine re-enters AUTHENTICATED.
2010-03-13 21:40:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0e84c25434 FT: Fix PTK configuration in authenticator
Must update sm->pairwise when fetching PMK-R1 SA.
Add a workaround for drivers that cannot set keys before association
(e.g., cfg80211/mac80211): retry PTK configuration after association.
2010-03-13 21:11:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2a7e7f4e4a FT: Add driver op for marking a STA authenticated
This can be used with FT-over-DS where FT Action frame exchange
triggers transition to State 2 (authenticated) without Authentication
frame exchange.
2010-03-13 18:28:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
86f7b62a33 FT: Add a workaround to set PTK after reassociation
If the PTK configuration prior to association fails, allow reassociation
attempt to continue and configure PTK after association. This is a
workaround for drivers that do not allow PTK to be configured before
association (e.g., current cfg80211/mac80211).
2010-03-13 17:15:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bdda27eb17 Fix WPS IE in Probe Response frame to include proper Config Methods values
This attribute is supposed to indicate which methods the AP supports as
an Enrollee for adding external Registrars. It was left to 0 when the
AP code did not yet support external Registrars and was forgotten when
the ER support was added.
2010-03-13 13:39:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
73fc617d5c nl80211: Fix FT Action send command
Need to include payload header in the data length to avoid sending
truncated FT Action frame.
2010-03-12 00:41:03 +02:00
Masashi Honma
c1bbb0cee1 NetBSD: Fix driver_bsd.c build
On NetBSD 5.0.2, wpa_supplicant build results in messages below.

../src/drivers/driver_bsd.c: In function 'wpa_driver_bsd_get_ssid':
../src/drivers/driver_bsd.c:876: warning: passing argument 2 of 'bsd_get_ssid'
from incompatible pointer type
../src/drivers/driver_bsd.c:876: warning: passing argument 3 of 'bsd_get_ssid'
makes integer from pointer without a cast
../src/drivers/driver_bsd.c:876: error: too many arguments to function
'bsd_get_ssid'
../src/drivers/driver_bsd.c: In function 'wpa_driver_bsd_scan':
../src/drivers/driver_bsd.c:1125: warning: passing argument 2 of 'bsd_set_ssid'
from incompatible pointer type
../src/drivers/driver_bsd.c:1125: warning: passing argument 3 of 'bsd_set_ssid'
makes integer from pointer without a cast
../src/drivers/driver_bsd.c:1125: error: too many arguments to function
'bsd_set_ssid'
gmake: *** [../src/drivers/driver_bsd.o] Error 1

This patch solves this issue.
2010-03-10 23:33:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7b90c16aa9 nl80211: Add preliminary implementation of FT Action send
This is a step in adding FT support with nl80211-based drivers.
driver_nl80211.c is now registering to handle the FT Action frames
and is able to transmit FT Request frame. Received FT Action frames
are not yet indicated as driver events.
2010-03-07 22:47:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1b484d60e5 FT: Include pairwise cipher suite in PMK-R0 SA and PMK-R1 SA
This is needed to fix PTK derivation to use correct length. Previously,
64-octet PTK may have been derived if the authenticator did not already
have a STA entry. Now, the correct pairwise cipher suite is learned when
then PMK-R1 SA is received.
2010-03-07 22:18:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5205c4f98a nl80211: Fix driver context pointer for auth-failure-case
The new per-BSS context needs to be used here when calling
wpa_driver_nl80211_deauthenticate() to avoid passing incorrect
data type to the function.
2010-03-07 21:29:34 +02:00
Marcin Marzec
f400f4f34b Fix typo in WPA_AUTH_ALG_FT definition
This was not supposed to have duplicate value with WPA_AUTH_ALG_LEAP.
The previous version was unable to set FT as the authentication
algorithm with nl80211.
2010-03-07 21:02:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0ebdf62735 Remove unnecessary ifname parameter from set_ap_wps_ie() driver op 2010-03-07 11:51:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d3e3a20565 Remove unnecessary ifname parameter from set_ht_params() driver op 2010-03-07 11:49:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3234cba40e Remove unnecessary ifname parameter to sta_set_flags() driver op 2010-03-07 11:45:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
62847751e4 Remove unnecessary ifname parameter from sta_add() driver op 2010-03-07 11:42:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8709de1ae8 Remove unnecessary ifname parameter from hapd_get_ssid/hapd_set_ssid 2010-03-07 11:36:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
aa48451698 Remove unnecessary ifname parameter from set_generic_elem() driver op 2010-03-07 11:33:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d5dd016a8a Remove unneeded ifname parameter from set_privacy() driver op 2010-03-07 11:29:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
044372a333 driver_test: Use driver private BSS context instead of BSS lookup
The ifname-based lookup can now be replaced with the new mechanism that
allows driver wrappers to register per-BSS context data.
2010-03-07 11:26:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
70a8419f26 Avoid crash after driver init failure
hostapd_flush_old_stations() needs to check whether the driver
initialization was successful since it gets called on an error path.
2010-03-07 11:25:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7ab68865c0 Remove unneeded iface parameter from if_add() driver op 2010-03-07 10:05:05 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
071799872f hostapd: fix a segfault in the error path of the nl80211 if_add function 2010-03-07 09:59:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
05ba8690cb nl80211: Unregister forgotten eloop socket on init failure 2010-03-06 22:37:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8b897f5a17 Remove unnecessary ifname parameter from set_beacon()
The new per-BSS driver context makes this unnecessary.
2010-03-06 22:36:40 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
53f3d6f3e6 hostapd: allow stations to move between different bss interfaces
With this patch, a client gets kicked out of the last BSS it was
attached to, when it is associating to a different one.
While mac80211 does allow a station to be present on multiple bss
interfaces, this does seem to cause problems both for the stack
and for hostapd.
2010-03-06 22:30:25 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
a2e40bb650 hostapd: Fix interface selection for the nl80211 driver
This patch allows the nl80211 driver to create its own per-bss context
and pass it to the drv_priv pointer of the hostapd bss state.
With this and the following patch, stations can associate to and switch
between multiple BSS interfaces of a single wiphy.
This obsoletes a few instances of passing ifname to a callback, those
can be removed in a separate patch.
It might also be useful to move more fields from the driver data to the
per-bss data structure in the future.
2010-03-06 22:22:56 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
39f42d1193 hostapd: fix bogus nl80211 interface remove messages for STA WDS 2010-03-06 20:52:22 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
4c32757d22 hostapd: add ifname to the sta_set_flags callback
This fixes multi-BSS STA operations (e.g., setting AUTHORIZED flag) with
nl80211-based drivers.
2010-03-06 20:44:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ffd2c8cd4d Avoid warnings on unused function/variables if debug is disabled
CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG removes wpa_printf() calls, so need to ifdef
some function and variable definitions to avoid compiler warnings.
2010-03-06 16:37:57 +02:00
Kel Modderman
09bd6e8cca wpa_supplicant: fix FTBFS on Debian GNU/kFreeBSD
This patch allows wpa_supplicant to compile on Debian's kfreebsd
architectures.

Patch by Stefan Lippers-Hollmann based on work done by Petr Salinger
and Emmanuel Bouthenot for 0.6.X (http://bugs.debian.org/480572).
2010-03-06 10:16:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d2f46a2b13 bsd: Use os_strlcpy instead of strlcpy 2010-03-06 10:04:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3812464cda Add optional scan result filter based on SSID
filter_ssids=1 global configuration parameter can now be used to
enable scan result filtering (with -Dnl80211 only for now) based on
the configured SSIDs. In other words, only the scan results that have
an SSID matching with one of the configured networks are included in the
BSS table. This can be used to reduce memory needs in environments that
have huge number of APs.
2010-03-05 21:42:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
207ef3fb12 Add suspend/resume notifications
wpa_supplicant can now be notified of suspend/resume events, e.g.,
from pm-action scripts. This allows wpa_supplicant to clear information
that may become invalid during a suspend operation.
2010-02-27 18:46:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
94d9bfd59b Rename EAP server source files to avoid duplicate names
This makes it easier to build both EAP peer and server functionality
into the same project with some toolchains.
2010-02-19 18:54:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6fa2ec2d2b Make EAPOL Authenticator buildable with Microsoft compiler 2010-02-19 18:35:40 +02:00
Masashi Honma
c6611ed995 bsd: Use device capability information
This patch enables the use of device capability information from the
driver when possible.
2010-02-16 19:47:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
58f6fbe05c nl80211: Add support for off-channel Action TX/RX commands
The kernel side support for this was just added into
wireless-testing.git. This commit adds the driver wrapper code needed
to allow wpa_supplicant to use the new functionality.
2010-02-16 19:41:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b7a2b0b68c Add alloc_interface_addr() drv op option for specifying ifname
Some drivers may need to use a specific ifname for the virtual
interface, so allow them to do this with a new parameter passed
to the alloc_interface_addr() handler.
2010-02-16 19:34:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
01b350ed74 Sync with linux/nl80211.h from wireless-testing.git 2010-02-16 19:28:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
25ac1328f6 EAP-TNC: Add Flags field into fragment acknowledgement
TNC IF-T is somewhat unclear on this are, but
draft-hanna-nea-pt-eap-00.txt, which is supposed to define the same
protocol, is clearer on the Flags field being included.

This change breaks interoperability with the old implementation if
EAP-TNC fragmentation is used. The old version would not accept
the acknowledgement message with the added Flags octet while the
new version accepts messagss with with both options.
2010-02-14 16:08:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
62477841a1 EAP-TNC server: Fix processing when last message is fragmented
If the last message from the EAP-TNC server was fragmented, the
fragment processing lost the DONE/FAIL state and did not know how
to handle the final ACK from the peer. Fix this by remembering the
earlier DONE/FAIL state when fragmenting a frame.
2010-02-13 18:03:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b29d086d50 EAP-TNC: Accept fragment ack frame with Flags field
TNC IF-T specification is unclear on the exact contents of the fragment
acknowledgement frame. An interoperability issue with the tncs@fhh
implementation was reported by Arne Welzel
<arne.welzel@stud.fh-hannover.de> due to the different interpretations
of the specification. Relax EAP-TNC server/peer validation rules to
accept fragmentation acknowledgement frames to include the Flags field
to avoid this issue.
2010-02-13 18:00:39 +02:00
Masashi Honma
0c6bdf91ea bsd: Aggregate ioctl routines
This patch aggregates ioctls.

First is SIOCS80211. The SIOCS80211's arguments has 3 couples.
        1-1. i_len, i_data
        1-2. i_val
        1-3. i_len, i_data, i_val (currently only IEEE80211_IOC_APPIE)
There were 3 routines for each cases. This patch aggregates these to
one.

Second is SIOCG80211. The SIOCG80211 returns 2 type of value.
        2-1. i_len
        2-2. i_val
There were 2 routines for each cases. This patch aggregates these to
one.

I have tested on both FreeBSD 8.0 and NetBSD 5.0.1 with these cases.

[hostapd]
RSN-PSK(CCMP)/WPA-PSK(TKIP)

[wpa_supplicant(STA)]
RSN-PSK(CCMP)/WPA-PSK(TKIP)

[wpa_supplicant(AP)]
RSN-PSK(CCMP)/WPA-PSK(TKIP)
2010-02-13 13:59:29 +02:00
Masashi Honma
88487b0e0b FreeBSD: Add support for FreeBSD 8.0 STA/AP
This patch adds both wpa_supplicant and hostapd support for
FreeBSD 8.0.

I refered
http://www.jp.freebsd.org/cgi/cvsweb.cgi/src/usr.sbin/wpa/hostapd/driver_freebsd
.c
http://www.jp.freebsd.org/cgi/cvsweb.cgi/src/usr.sbin/wpa/wpa_supplicant/driver_
freebsd.c

I have tested on FreeBSD 8.0 with these cases.

[hostapd]
RSN-PSK(CCMP)/WPA-PSK(TKIP)

[wpa_supplicant(STA)]
RSN-PSK(CCMP)/WPA-PSK(TKIP)

[wpa_supplicant(AP)]
RSN-PSK(CCMP)/WPA-PSK(TKIP)
2010-02-13 13:57:39 +02:00
Masashi Honma
362468d117 FreeBSD: Enable channel control
This patch enables FreeBSD channel control.

I have tested on FreeBSD 7.2 with these cases.

[hostapd]
RSN-PSK(CCMP)/WPA-PSK(TKIP)

[wpa_supplicant(STA)]
RSN-PSK(CCMP)/WPA-PSK(TKIP)

[wpa_supplicant(AP)]
RSN-PSK(CCMP)/WPA-PSK(TKIP)
2010-02-13 13:54:27 +02:00
Masashi Honma
e1b1309b6a bsd: Unify wpa_driver_bsd_ops
The attached patch unifies hostapd wpa_driver_bsd_ops and
wpa_supplicant wpa_driver_bsd_ops.

I have tested on NetBSD 5.0.1 with these cases.

[hostapd]
RSN-PSK(CCMP)/WPA-PSK(TKIP)

[wpa_supplicant(STA)]
RSN-PSK(CCMP)/WPA-PSK(TKIP)

[wpa_supplicant(AP)]
RSN-PSK(CCMP)/WPA-PSK(TKIP)
2010-02-13 13:52:03 +02:00
Masashi Honma
86b24ea93c bsd: Unify struct bsd_driver_data and struct wpa_driver_bsd_data
This patch unifies struct bsd_driver_data and struct wpa_driver_bsd_data.
2010-02-13 13:50:19 +02:00
Masashi Honma
6850c70742 bsd: Use same field name between hostapd and wpa_supplicant
This patch modifies field name of struct bsd_driver_data to use
same name of struct wpa_driver_bsd_data. This is a preparation of
unifying struct bsd_driver_data and struct wpa_driver_bsd_data.
2010-02-13 13:48:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
00468b4650 Add TLS client events, server probing, and srv cert matching
This allows external programs (e.g., UI) to get more information
about server certificate chain used during TLS handshake. This can
be used both to automatically probe the authentication server to
figure out most likely network configuration and to get information
about reasons for failed authentications.

The follow new control interface events are used for this:
CTRL-EVENT-EAP-PEER-CERT
CTRL-EVENT-EAP-TLS-CERT-ERROR

In addition, there is now an option for matching the server certificate
instead of the full certificate chain for cases where a trusted CA is
not configured or even known. This can be used, e.g., by first probing
the network and learning the server certificate hash based on the new
events and then adding a network configuration with the server
certificate hash after user have accepted it. Future connections will
then be allowed as long as the same server certificate is used.

Authentication server probing can be done, e.g., with following
configuration options:
    eap=TTLS PEAP TLS
    identity=""
    ca_cert="probe://"

Example set of control events for this:
CTRL-EVENT-EAP-STARTED EAP authentication started
CTRL-EVENT-EAP-PROPOSED-METHOD vendor=0 method=21
CTRL-EVENT-EAP-METHOD EAP vendor 0 method 21 (TTLS) selected
CTRL-EVENT-EAP-PEER-CERT depth=0 subject='/C=US/ST=California/L=San Francisco/CN=Server/emailAddress=server@kir.nu' hash=5a1bc1296205e6fdbe3979728efe3920798885c1c4590b5f90f43222d239ca6a
CTRL-EVENT-EAP-TLS-CERT-ERROR reason=8 depth=0 subject='/C=US/ST=California/L=San Francisco/CN=Server/emailAddress=server@kir.nu' err='Server certificate chain probe'
CTRL-EVENT-EAP-FAILURE EAP authentication failed

Server certificate matching is configured with ca_cert, e.g.:
    ca_cert="hash://server/sha256/5a1bc1296205e6fdbe3979728efe3920798885c1c4590b5f90f43222d239ca6a"

This functionality is currently available only with OpenSSL. Other
TLS libraries (including internal implementation) may be added in
the future.
2010-02-13 11:14:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c7d711609b Fix memory leak on TLS setup error path
Need tof free TLS context in some cases to avoid a memory leak
on error path.
2010-02-13 10:19:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2e06e9dd6f Fix TLS in/out buffer freeing
The previous version could end leaking memory since os_free() was used
instead of wpabuf_free(). In addition, this could potentially have
triggered a crash if the TLS context were being freed when pending
input data where still in the buffer (though, this may not be possible
to trigger in practice).
2010-02-12 21:13:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cf123d7f4c OpenSSL: Fix tls_init(NULL) with FIPS-enabled build
The conf argument to tls_init() may be NULL (as it is when using
hostapd), so we must check that here before dereferencing the
pointer.
2010-02-12 20:51:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e0b3b3cb77 WPS: Fix AP operation with internal Registrar when ER is also active
Ignore the pending WPS message from ER (PutWLANReseponse action) if the
internal Registrar has already sent out M2.
2010-02-12 12:38:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7796f20edc Add new ctrl_iface event for EAP methods proposed by the server
This makes it easier for external programs to probe EAP server
preferences and potentially automatically detect which method
could be used.
2010-02-11 19:48:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e748062b58 nl80211: Do not try to remove non-existing STA WDS interface
This removes confusing error messages from the default (no WDS) case.
2010-02-10 11:29:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
aba7569ec8 driver_bsd: Fix build without SIOCS80211CHANNEL
At least FreeBSD 7 does not seem to define this and failed to build
after the previous changes.
2010-02-08 21:41:51 +02:00
Masashi Honma
42f34a9b41 driver_bsd.c: Enable AP mode wpa_supplicant 2010-02-08 21:33:59 +02:00
Masashi Honma
d373725686 driver_bsd: Clean up EAPOL frame transmission code
The bsd_send_eapol() adds Ethernet header by itself. This patch changes it
to use l2_packet functionality.

I have tested on NetBSD 5.0.1 with WPA-PSK(TKIP).
2010-02-08 21:28:59 +02:00
Masashi Honma
719196b159 driver_bsd.c: Reduce code duplication (setkey)
This patch reduces code duplication between hostapd and wpa_supplicant
for IEEE80211_IOC_WPAKEY.
2010-02-08 21:25:18 +02:00
Masashi Honma
60bc30333c driver_bsd.c: Reduce code duplication (ifflag)
This patch reduces code duplication between hostapd and wpa_supplicant
for SIOC[GS]IFFLAGS.
2010-02-08 21:23:28 +02:00
Masashi Honma
fa6b8afe6f driver_bsd.c: Reduce code duplication (MLME)
This patch reduces code duplication between hostapd and wpa_supplicant
about IEEE80211_IOC_MLME. This is a preparation for AP mode
wpa_supplicant.
2010-02-08 21:21:23 +02:00
Masashi Honma
cbdecd2b0d driver_bsd.c: Reduce code duplication (DELKEY)
This patch reduces code duplication between hostapd and wpa_supplicant
about IEEE80211_IOC_DELKEY. This is a preparation for AP mode
wpa_supplicant. This is a patch to
http://lists.shmoo.com/pipermail/hostap/2010-January/021030.html.
2010-02-08 21:18:09 +02:00
Masashi Honma
5197244a04 bsd: Enable auto configuration
On NetBSD, we should configure some parameters manually out of hostapd
like below.

  ifconfig ath0 mediaopt hostap
  ifconfig ath0 mode 11g
  ifconfig ath0 chan 6

This patch does these automatically. Maybe there will be some
objections, like "hardware configuration is not hostapd/wpa_supplican's
work". So I will write the reasons why I made this patch.

1. For usability.
2. The first command fails when previous state is adhoc. This patch is
free from previous state.
3. Some driver wrappers configure these automatically (like nl80211).
4. I have wasted time trying to find out these command were needed :(
2010-02-08 21:14:22 +02:00
Masashi Honma
82f36163ac driver_bsd.c: Use os_free() instead of free()
This patch replaces some free() with os_free() when the memory was
allocated by os_*().
2010-02-08 21:11:52 +02:00
Hamish Guthrie
79e4140c61 driver_ps3: Remove legacy ps3 wpa driver
The ps3 wireless kernel driver has wireless extension support.
There is a legacy wpa_supplicant driver, and support for this
has been removed from the kernel driver, as no distributions
are using it.
2010-02-08 21:08:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8856462d61 nl80211: Dump scan results in debug log if association command fails
This may help in debugging why cfg80211 refused the association
command since the scan results should include information about all
pending authentication and association states.
2010-01-24 18:11:30 -08:00
Jouni Malinen
582507be85 nl80211: Clear cfg80211 authentication data for old entries
cfg80211 has a limit on pending authentications, so we better clear
the entries that we do not care about to avoid hitting the limit
when roaming between multiple APs.
2010-01-24 18:07:34 -08:00
Christian Lamparter
43a7fe2e0e ap: Reorder authsrv_init() to fix IEEE 802.1X initialization
This patch moves the authentication server setup before
IEEE 802.1X initialization. It's because 802.1X already
needs to have a valid SSL context.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
2010-01-17 12:14:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dff0f701d0 Preparations for v0.7.1 release 2010-01-16 19:04:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
de1b2d143a Make sure the resutl from readlink is properly null terminated 2010-01-16 17:19:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8c0906542c Fetch IEs from both Beacon and Probe Response frames if available
This allows the driver wrappers to return two sets of IEs, so that
the BSS code can use information from both Beacon and Probe Response
frames if needed. For example, some Cisco APs seem to include more
information in Wireless Provisioning Services IE when it is in the
Beacon frame.
2010-01-16 16:11:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
94627f6cc8 hostapd: Detect bridge interface automatically
This makes the bridge parameter unnecessary for cases where the interface
is already in a bridge and sysfs is mounted to /sys so that the detection
code works.

For nl80211, the bridge parameter can be used to request the AP
interface to be added to the bridge automatically (brctl may refuse to
do this before hostapd has been started to change the interface mode).
If needed, the bridge interface is also created.
2010-01-16 15:19:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d455d0806e driver_test: Learn scan result channel from DS Params IE 2010-01-16 12:26:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c35faef51a driver_test: Initialize bss_ctx based on drv->ctx for new BSS interfaces
This is needed with wpa_supplicant to get the correct context pointer
for a virtual BSS interface.
2010-01-16 12:24:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
37b776eac1 driver_test: Add support for per-SSID scans for non-MLME case 2010-01-16 12:23:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
af47308823 Add deinit_ap driver op to help wpa_supplicant AP mode use 2010-01-16 12:20:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e882899981 Add BSSID to TX/RX Action frame driver ops
This meets better the needs for various Public Action frame use cases.
2010-01-16 12:16:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4e5cb1a366 Add driver op for disabling 802.11b rates 2010-01-16 12:11:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ae58592894 Sync with wireless-testing.git linux/nl80211.h 2010-01-16 12:06:42 +02:00
Masashi Honma
11386396cc driver_bsd.c: Clean up EAPOL frame transmission code
The bsd_send_eapol() prepares 3000 bytes buffer for every EAPOL
frame transmission. I think malloc() is better way for efficient
memory use.
2010-01-16 11:47:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b590812e8f Add preliminary documentation for ctrl_iface events 2010-01-15 19:24:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3145e6154c wext: Add cfg80211-specific optimization to avoid silly behavior
If the driver is detected to use cfg80211, we can rely on it being able
to disconnect with SIOCSIWMLME commands and to use empty SSID as a way
to stop it from associating when we are in progress of configuring the
driver for association. Consequently, we can remove the hack that uses
random 32-octet SSID to force disconnection and re-order association
commands to match the expectations that cfg80211 has for WEXT ioctls.
This gets rid of extra scan rounds and attempts to associate with the
silly 32-octet SSID.
2010-01-12 20:01:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4a5869206e wext: Check hexstr2bin() return value in custom scan text processing 2010-01-10 22:26:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a7efb16052 WEXT: Show BSSID/SSID set failures on disconnect in debug log 2010-01-10 22:18:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fbe3e7f840 wext: Check hexstr2bin() return value 2010-01-10 22:16:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
68fd595fa5 WPS ER: Check uuid_str2bin() return value 2010-01-10 22:12:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4f6050e796 WPS ER: Verify os_get_random() return value 2010-01-10 22:08:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4edc521068 EAP-FAST peer: Clean up PAC writing function
Use more explicit validation of input parameters and clean up the
writes by using a local end-of-buffer variable to simplify
calculations.
2010-01-10 22:04:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2e320d8db5 eloop: Clear timeout data during allocation
Better make sure the eloop_timeout data gets fully initialized. The
current code is filling in all the fields, but it is clearer to just
zero the buffer to make sure any new field added to the structure gets
initialized.
2010-01-10 21:48:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6f9b5d1696 IBSS RSN: Check explicitly that WPA auth sm assoc call succeeded
Verify that association processing did not end up freeing the state
machine. This should not really happen in practice, but better verify
it anyway.
2010-01-10 21:45:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b2180f4a89 Check WPS attr build helper return value
These are hardcoded to return success, but should check the value
anyway.
2010-01-10 20:49:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0e75b3c352 Use zero address when reporting unknown peer in SMK error
This avoids potential use of uninitialized stack memory when printing
out peer address based on SMK error message that does not include the
MAC address.
2010-01-10 19:00:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e4a6ea1d9c Avoid a theoretical use-after-free in WPA auth sm init
wpa_sm_step() could theoretically free the statemachine, but it does
not do it in this particular case. Anyway, the code can be cleaned to
verify whether the state machine data is still available after the
wpa_sm_step() call.
2010-01-10 18:54:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
612162430f WPS: Remove unused mac_addr_text parameter from get_netif_info() 2010-01-09 16:57:15 +02:00
Masashi Honma
c610dba137 FreeBSD: Fix driver_bsd.c build
On FreeBSD 8.0, driver_bsd.c build fails because of changes from
older versions of FreeBSD. The error messages are below:

In file included from ../src/drivers/driver_bsd.c:38:
/usr/include/net80211/ieee80211_crypto.h:94: error: 'IEEE80211_TID_SIZE'
undeclared here (not in a function)
../src/drivers/driver_bsd.c: In function 'wpa_driver_bsd_set_wpa_ie':
../src/drivers/driver_bsd.c:968: error: 'IEEE80211_IOC_OPTIE' undeclared (first
use in this function)
../src/drivers/driver_bsd.c:968: error: (Each undeclared identifier is reported
only once
../src/drivers/driver_bsd.c:968: error: for each function it appears in.)
gmake: *** [../src/drivers/driver_bsd.o] Error 1

This patch solves this issue.
2010-01-09 11:04:44 +02:00
Masashi Honma
953f0f6333 bsd: Add support for WPA_TRACE and WPA_TRACE_BFD
On FreeBSD 8.0, WPA_TRACE and WPA_TRACE_BFD functionality build fails.
2010-01-09 11:01:12 +02:00
Masashi Honma
60e1ce7615 bsd: Fix driver_wired.c build 2010-01-09 10:53:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1056dad796 Fix PKCS#12 use with OpenSSL 1.0.0
Add 40-bit RC2 CBC explicitly since OpenSSL 1.0.0 does not seem to that
anymore with PKCS12_PBE_add(). Furthermore, at least 1.0.0-beta4 crashes
if the needed cipher is not registered when parsing the PKCS#12 data
(this crashing part should be fixed in newer 1.0.0 versions)

Following bug reports are related to the issue:
https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=541924
https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=538851
http://rt.openssl.org/Ticket/Display.html?id=2127
http://rt.openssl.org/Ticket/Display.html?id=2128
2010-01-09 00:38:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c5b26e33c1 Convert RSN pre-authentication to use struct dl_list 2010-01-06 21:23:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1ce77dcc66 Fix memory leak on RSN preauth init error path 2010-01-06 21:14:09 +02:00
Lennert Buytenhek
594cf8b9ef Fix WMM default parameters
wmm_ac_??_cw{min,max} parameters are in log form

When the wme_ac_??_cw{min,max} parameters aren't specified in
hostapd.conf, hostapd uses an incorrect set of default values, as the
defaults are in 2^x-1 form instead of in log form.  This patch changes
them over to the expected log form.
2010-01-06 20:48:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0de4da91c1 Mark fmt parameter const for wpa_printf/msg 2010-01-04 19:16:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3adca61c9c nl80211: Fix a typo 2010-01-03 22:20:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2ac9688eb8 Use common driver code for Linux hwaddr get/set 2010-01-03 22:17:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
34f2f814e0 Share a single Linux ioctl helper fo setting interface up/down
Number of Linux driver wrappers included this more or less identical
function, so lets add a new helper file to be able to share some more
code between the driver wrappers.
2010-01-03 22:08:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
69378b7928 bsd: Fix a typo 2010-01-03 21:18:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
abd9fafab6 Standardize on a single definition of auth_alg bitfield values 2010-01-03 21:14:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
70f8cc8ec8 Share the same enum for MFP configuration
The three existing enums were already depending on using the same
values in couple of places and it is just simpler to standardize on
one of these to avoid need for mapping between different enums for
the exact same thing.
2010-01-03 21:02:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e049867788 More Doxygen documentation for the driver interface 2010-01-03 20:49:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d1f9c410c1 Remove src/drivers/scan_helpers.c
Most of this file was already moved into wpa_supplicant/scan.c and
we can remove the file completely by having couple of small helper
functions copied to the remaining users outside core wpa_supplicant
code.
2010-01-03 20:27:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9ba9fa07cc Move wpa_supplicant specific scan code away from src/drivers
This fits better in wpa_supplicant/scan.c. Couple of remaining
scan_helpers.c functions are currently used in driver wrappers,
but they can likely be removed in the future.
2010-01-03 18:48:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
baac649094 Add drv_event_eapol_rx() helper 2010-01-03 18:35:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1d041bec84 Use generic driver event notification for AP mode assoc/disassoc 2010-01-03 18:22:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a8e0505bf0 Use driver event, EVENT_EAPOL_RX, for EAPOL frame indication 2010-01-03 17:44:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a70a5d6d06 Replace hostapd_notif_new_sta() with new driver event, EVENT_NEW_STA 2010-01-03 16:46:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b38ddb0c50 driver_test: Add channel awareness for the MLME test code
This allows the MLME mode of driver_test to filter frames based on
the frequency on which they were sent and the frequency used by the
receiver.
2010-01-03 14:01:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
55777702cd Add driver API functionality for off-channel Action frames
This adds new commands and events for allowing off-channel Action
frame exchanges to be requested. This functionality is not yet used
and is only fully supported by driver_test.c at this point.
driver_nl80211.c has support for the remain-on-channel commands, but
the Action frame TX/RX part is still pending review for the kernel
code and as such, is not yet included here.
2010-01-03 13:57:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d7c53e432b Sync with wireless-testing.git linux/nl80211.h 2010-01-03 13:56:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7bfc47c34f Add driver ops for allocating interface addresses
This adds placeholder code for allowing the virtual interfaces to be
pre-allocated a MAC address before the interface type is known with
drivers that do not handle interface type changes.
2010-01-03 13:42:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
504e905c6e Add a driver op for enabling Probe Request reporting in station mode 2010-01-03 13:30:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9646a8ab8b Remove unnecessary wpa_event_type typedef 2010-01-03 13:10:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2a8b74163e Move struct hostapd_frame_info definition away from driver API
This is internal data structure for hostapd/AP functionality and does
not need to be defined in driver.h.
2010-01-03 12:37:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3af1f9cb14 driver_test: Remove forgotten, unused prototypes 2010-01-03 12:36:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0d9fc3d8bd Remove struct ieee80211_hdr dependency from EVENT_RX_FROM_UNKNOWN
It is simpler to just pass in u8* to the beginning of the header.
2010-01-03 12:17:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a0e0d3bb15 Replace hostapd_probe_req_rx() with EVENT_RX_PROBE_REQ driver event 2010-01-03 12:11:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
245519e0cd Replace wpa_supplicant_sta_rx() call with driver event
Get rid of wpa_supplicant_sta_rx() and add a new driver event that is
marked to be used only with driver_test.c. In addition, remove this
functionality from privsep wrapper. This is only use for client mode
MLME testing with driver_test.c.
2010-01-03 11:50:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8d923a4acf Only expire scanned BSSes based on new scan results
Get more information about scans when updating BSS table information.
This allows the missing-from-scans expiration rule to work properly
when only partial set of channels or SSIDs are being scanned.
2010-01-02 13:57:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dc5a08c053 WPS: Fix Probe Request processing to handle missing attribute
WPS IE parsing for PBC mode did not check whether the UUID-E attribute
was included before dereferencing the pointer. This could result in the
AP crashing when processing and invalid Probe Request frame.
2010-01-01 23:38:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
291b60682a nl80211/wext: Hardcode all auth_algs as supported
There does not seem to be a driver interface for fetching auth_algs
capability, but this may be used by some external application, so
hardcode all auth_algs as supported for now.
2010-01-01 21:41:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c2f5126941 WPS: Add Enrollee-seen event message and wpa_gui-qt4 Peers entry
This can be used to show active Enrollees in AP mode to make it
easier to provision a new device.
2009-12-28 16:24:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2e8542756c Mark wpabuf_get_trace() static 2009-12-28 16:02:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d2b8812921 Include header file to verify prototypes 2009-12-28 16:01:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
139a33f34e test: Register more complete set of channels and rates 2009-12-28 13:39:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2fe17720aa test: Use previously requested BSSID when adding a new interface 2009-12-28 13:38:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c6e8e8e41f nl80211: Add more debug prints for mode changes and interface add/remove 2009-12-28 13:25:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4832ecd754 Add an option for driver wrappers to report operational frequency 2009-12-28 13:23:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cd7d80f373 Allow Probe Request callbacks to terminate iteration 2009-12-28 13:14:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1c08f8c0f0 Allocate Probe Response and Beacon buffers based on WPS IE length
This IE is of variable length and it is better to allocate the frame
buffer taking this length into account to prepare for future
additions.
2009-12-28 12:58:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f0d126d339 Add ctrl_iface events for BSS added/removed 2009-12-28 00:42:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f7c4783379 Split hostapd_interface_deinit() into deinit and free parts
This allows the driver interface to be deinitialized before
struct hostapd_data instance gets freed. This needs to be done so
that the driver wrapper does not maintain a context pointer to
freed memory.
2009-12-27 21:31:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f78feb6a72 test: Add WPA_TRACE reference check for driver ctx
This will catch too early freeing of the context pointer before the
driver wrapper has been deinitialized.
2009-12-27 21:20:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
60ad2c7bef Fix a typo in a doxygen comment 2009-12-27 17:13:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
459489c99d eloop: Fix timeout handler to use local copy of func pointer
We need to copy not only the context pointers, but also the function
pointer before the timeout gets freed.
2009-12-26 14:30:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
719347511a Get rid of unnecessary typedefs for enums. 2009-12-26 10:35:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
81f4f6195e Include header files explicitly in *.c, not via header files 2009-12-26 00:31:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6e6e8c31ff Replace src/ap/driver_i.h with non-inlined functions in ap_drv_ops.c 2009-12-26 00:21:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8b06c1ed0d Remove ap_config.h dependency from driver_i.h
This adds explicit #include line for ap_config.h into the src/ap/*.c
files that actually use the definitions from there.
2009-12-26 00:12:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6226e38d00 Rename some src/ap files to avoid duplicate file names
Doxygen and some build tools may get a bit confused about same file
name being used in different directories. Clean this up a bit by
renaming some of the duplicated file names in src/ap.
2009-12-26 00:05:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1b56c26c40 Get rid of direct hostapd_for_each_interface() calls
src/ap/*.c must not call functions in hostapd or wpa_supplicant
directories directly, so avoid this by using a callback function
pointer.
2009-12-25 20:12:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
70db2ab308 Move rest of the generic AP mode functionality into src/ap 2009-12-25 20:06:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
481a11c94f test: Use more shared code for driver wrapper AP and station modes
This fixes AP mode use in wpa_supplicant with the
no-AP-driver-wrapper design.
2009-12-25 19:48:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a911a6e61f Do not use virtual driver_ops for wpa_supplicant AP mode
Initialize struct hostapd_data driver context with the same driver
information that was initialized earlier during wpa_supplicant start.
This allows the AP mode operations to be completed directly with the
same calls in AP code without having to maintain a separate translation
layer between the AP and station mode driver context.
2009-12-25 19:47:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a4f2110934 Clean up some of the hostapd.h function prototype definitions
Not all prototypes in hostapd.h really belong there. This is an initial
step in cleaning that up.
2009-12-25 14:20:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0aef3ec832 Move hostapd_prune_associations() into ap/utils.c 2009-12-25 14:06:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2586bc64d0 Move authentication server setup into separate file 2009-12-25 13:43:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ad44e244b1 Move iapp.c into src/ap 2009-12-25 13:04:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0e2d35c614 Move ctrl_iface_ap.c into src/ap 2009-12-25 12:25:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
64ee63a0d8 wired: Use os_*() wrappers more consistently
Need to allocate and free memory with same style to avoid WPA_TRACE
errors.
2009-12-25 11:54:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
65668bfb77 Add forgotten src/ap/utils.c file
Commit 32da61d9c9 was supposed to add
this file.
2009-12-25 01:31:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9fdeaf8f3a WPS: Fix a memory leak if set_ie_cb() is not set
Skip WPS IE building for Beacon and Probe Response frames is set_ie_cb()
is not set. This fixes a memory leak and optimizes operations by not
allocating memory and building the WPS IEs unnecessarily.
2009-12-25 01:29:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
32da61d9c9 Move wps_hostapd.c into src/ap 2009-12-25 01:26:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1057d78eb8 Move generic AP functionality implementation into src/ap
This code can be shared by both hostapd and wpa_supplicant and this
is an initial step in getting the generic code moved to be under the
src directories. Couple of generic files still remain under the
hostapd directory due to direct dependencies to files there. Once the
dependencies have been removed, they will also be moved to the src/ap
directory to allow wpa_supplicant to be built without requiring anything
from the hostapd directory.
2009-12-25 01:12:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a2de634d1c Removed hostapd_new_assoc_sta() from driver wrapper API
This is not called directly by any of the driver wrappers anymore, so
the function can be removed from driver.h and drv_callbacks.c.
2009-12-24 23:30:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
14f7938660 Merge driver ops set_wps_beacon_ie and set_wps_probe_resp_ie
set_ap_wps_ie() is not used to set WPS IE for both Beacon and Probe
Response frames with a single call. In addition, struct wpabuf is used
instead of separate u8* and length fields. This avoids duplicated
allocation of the IEs and simplifies code in general.
2009-12-24 19:46:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9aca440199 Drop WPA_TRACE reference before eloop timeout handler call
This avoids bogus error reports for cases where the timeout handler
frees the memory that was pointed to by the eloop timeout context.
2009-12-24 12:41:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1b9eb51bbd Enable IPv6 support for libutils.a and libradius.a 2009-12-24 12:27:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6aa9e7a64a Redesign struct hostapd_ip_addr to be of fixed size
This structure is embedded in some other structures and as such, it
would be nicer if this would not change its length based on build
options.
2009-12-24 12:26:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
64ce68fc42 Comment out CONFIG_IPV6 for now in RADIUS library build
This needs to be used consistently in order to get correct size for
struct hostapd_ip_addr.
2009-12-24 12:18:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8a404b598d Add build rules for src/radius/libradius.a 2009-12-24 11:59:08 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
fbbfcbac29 hostapd: Add WDS (4-address frame) mode with per-station interfaces
This mode allows associated stations to use 4-address frames to allow
layer 2 bridging to be used. At least for the time being, this is only
supported with driver=nl80211.
2009-12-24 11:46:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
09eac1ac56 nl80211: Sync with wireless-testing.git linux/nl80211.h 2009-12-24 11:07:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2a29f0d45c Rename EAP TLS variables to make server and peer code consistent 2009-12-24 00:16:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5e5223bf29 trace: Show eloop unregistered handler function name/file/line 2009-12-22 01:52:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
94caf8cd62 trace: Filter out uninteresting functions from backtrace
This filters out the functions inside trace.c and functions before
main() since those are not relevant to the actual issue that is being
reported.
2009-12-22 01:29:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a6ff0e0810 trace: Add active reference tracking
This WPA_TRACE=y additions allows components to register active references
to memory that has been provided to them as a pointer. If such an actively
referenced memory area is freed, tracer will report this as an error and
backtraces of both the invalid free and the location where this pointer
was marked referenced are shown.
2009-12-22 01:11:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a698d28415 Check fread return value 2009-12-21 23:17:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7bf127572c nl80211: Use couple more os_*() wrappers for allocation 2009-12-21 22:32:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e62fb0a0de nl80211: Use os_* allocation wrappers to avoid WPA_TRACE issues 2009-12-21 22:21:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c0e4dd9eeb WPS: Make Config Methods configurable for wpa_supplicant
This adds config_methods configuration option for wpa_supplicant
following the design used in hostapd. In addition, the string is
now parsed in common code from src/wps/wps_common.c and the list
of configurable methods include all the defined methods from
WPS 1.0h spec.
2009-12-21 15:59:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b64576fcf5 WPS: Prefer PSK format if Enrollee does not advertise Display
Since an Enrollee that does not advertise display as one of the
Config Methods is unlikely to be able to show the ASCII passphrase
to the user, prefer PSK format with such an Enrollee to reduce key
derivation time. This can help with some low-powered devices that
would take long time to derive the PSK from the passphrase.
2009-12-21 12:58:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f3f2eeba01 WPS: Add option for forcing Registrar to use PSK format in Credential
The use_psk_key parameter can now be used to force the Registrar to
use PSK format instead of ASCII passphrase when building a Credential
for the Enrollee. For now, this is not enabled, but it could be enabled
either based on external (to WPS) configuration or automatically set
based on some WPS attribute values from the Enrollee.
2009-12-21 12:46:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f2f7d965b8 Add option libbfd support for tracing code
CONFIG_WPA_TRACE=y and CONFIG_WPA_TRACE_BFD=y can now be used to get
even more complete symbols (func/file/line and inline functions) for
backtraces.
2009-12-20 23:35:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b763863d97 GnuTLS: Implement tls_connection_enable_workaround() 2009-12-20 22:08:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9dd37a224b GnuTLS: Add support for piggybacked Application Data 2009-12-20 22:07:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c9a7bbe5a8 GnuTLS: Define empty tls_connection_set_session_ticket_cb()
This allows EAP-FAST build to be completed even if it does not actually
work yet with GnuTLS.
2009-12-20 21:37:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
496c5d981e Use wpabuf with tls_connection_ia_send_phase_finished() 2009-12-20 21:33:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2944656925 Allow TLS flags to be configured (allow MD5, disable time checks)
Undocumented (at least for the time being) TLS parameters can now
be provided in wpa_supplicant configuration to enable some workarounds
for being able to connect insecurely to some networks. phase1 and
phase2 network parameters can use following options:
tls_allow_md5=1
- allow MD5 signature to be used (disabled by default with GnuTLS)
tls_disable_time_checks=1
- ignore certificate expiration time

For now, only the GnuTLS TLS wrapper implements support for these.
2009-12-20 19:28:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4a1e97790d GnuTLS: Report certificate validation failures with TLS alert
In addition, show more detailed reason for the failure in debug log.
2009-12-20 19:14:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a86a7316a4 OpenSSL: Fix memleak in previous wpabuf changes on an error path 2009-12-20 19:12:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2574634b7f Check TLS status on EAP server during handshake
The new TLS wrapper use may end up returning alert data and we need to
make sure here that it does not end up getting interpreted as success
due to non-NULL response.
2009-12-20 19:11:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
074be2332f GnuTLS: Use struct wpabuf for push/pull buffers 2009-12-20 18:31:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
81c85c069a Convert TLS wrapper to use struct wpabuf
This converts tls_connection_handshake(),
tls_connection_server_handshake(), tls_connection_encrypt(), and
tls_connection_decrypt() to use struct wpa_buf to allow higher layer
code to be cleaned up with consistent struct wpabuf use.
2009-12-20 18:17:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
94c3e91fc5 Add empty FIPS PRF wrapper for CryptoAPI 2009-12-20 18:14:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8f431bc808 Add empty crypto_mod_exp() wrapper for CryptoAPI. 2009-12-20 18:13:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
de979ef18c Fix MinGW build: CertCreateCertificateContext() is now known 2009-12-20 18:10:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f266d1a162 eloop_win: Fix build after eloop user_data removal 2009-12-20 17:48:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f52ab9e6b0 Fix lastReqData freeing to use wpabuf_free() 2009-12-20 17:22:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
eeb04821ad wpabuf: Add WPA_TRACE code to validate correct freeing of wpabuf
Use an extra header to move the returned pointer to break os_free()
or free() of the returned value and verify that the correct magic
is present when freeing or resizing the wpabuf. Show backtrace on
invalid wpabuf use.
2009-12-20 13:11:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
859db534bf wpabuf: Allow wpabuf_resize(NULL, len) to be used
This matches with realloc() usage, i.e., allocate a new buffer if no
buffer was specified.
2009-12-20 12:52:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c479e41f53 EAP-FAST server: Piggyback Phase 2 start with end of Phase 1
If Finished message from peer has been received before the server
Finished message, start Phase 2 with the same message to avoid extra
roundtrip when the peer does not have anything to send after the server
Finished message.
2009-12-20 11:39:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1a1bf008cb WPS ER: Delay wpa_supplicant termination to allow unsubscription
Instead of forcefully deinitializing ER immediately, give it some
time to complete unsubscription and call eloop_terminate() only once
ER code has completed its work.
2009-12-19 23:47:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e46338fc76 WPS ER: Unsubscribe from AP events whenever removing the AP entry
Store the subscription identifier during subscription process and use
this to unsubscribe from events when removing the AP.
2009-12-19 23:20:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
187533a4c5 WPS: Convert Registrar PIN list to use struct dl_list 2009-12-19 22:26:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
96f5234735 WPS ER: Convert lists to use struct dl_list 2009-12-19 22:14:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
45767a9597 WPS: Remove unused net_if copy 2009-12-19 21:58:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
eeb49f991b driver_test: Use OS wrappers consistently for memory allocation 2009-12-19 21:49:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fb4baa688b Add memory allocation analyzer to verify OS wrapper use
WPA_TRACE=y builds will now verify that memory allocation in done
consistently using os_{zalloc,malloc,realloc,strdup,free} (i.e., no
mixing of os_* functions and unwrapper functions). In addition, some
common memory allocation issues (double-free, memory leaks, etc.) are
detected automatically.
2009-12-19 21:47:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f45fb672cc eloop: Do not use printf() or fprintf() directly 2009-12-19 20:27:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
eaa3f04b97 eloop: Use struct dl_list for timeouts 2009-12-19 20:26:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0456ea16d8 eloop: Remove global user data pointer
This is not really needed since all signal handlers can use a context
pointer provided during signal handler registration.
2009-12-19 19:22:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2988796257 Fix RADIUS client to cancel IPv6 socket read notifications 2009-12-19 18:52:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f481459f5e Fix RADIUS server deinit to cancel timeout for session removal 2009-12-19 18:52:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
930f704aac Add backtrace support for debugging
WPA_TRACE=y can now be used to enable internal backtrace support that
will provide more details about implementation errors, e.g., when some
resources are not released correctly. In addition, this will print out
a backtrace automatically if SIGSEGV is received.
2009-12-19 18:40:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1489e11a94 Make struct radius_msg private to radius.c
This is internal data structure for RADIUS message handling and
external code should not touch it directly.
2009-12-19 17:26:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
aa235d2ef7 Convert RADIUS message code to use wpabuf internally 2009-12-19 17:12:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9e7245bdb4 Change radius_msg_free() to free the buffer
Since all callers were freeing the buffer immediately anyway, move
this operation into radius_msg_free() to reduce code size.
2009-12-19 16:34:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d94f86d85e RADIUS message initialization cleanup 2009-12-19 16:20:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d04a96b0d6 Add documentation for RADIUS code and some minor cleanup 2009-12-19 16:13:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a9f92c487f WPS: Remove parent pointer from advertisement state machine 2009-12-19 14:51:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
158aff0035 WPS: Convert struct advertisement_state_machine to use struct dl_list 2009-12-19 14:46:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ea8f09acb2 WPS: Remove unused struct subscr_addr parent pointer 2009-12-19 14:30:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f1de40f728 WPS: Convert struct wps_event_ to use struct dl_list 2009-12-19 14:29:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ec32c29471 WPS: Convert struct subscription to use struct dl_list 2009-12-19 14:15:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f98b440c47 WPS: Convert struct subscr_addr to use dl_list 2009-12-19 13:47:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dacf478352 Add generic doubly-linked list implementation 2009-12-19 13:43:25 +02:00
Masashi Honma
1c9c03d08d Mac OS X: Fix driver_osx.c build 2009-12-18 21:25:21 +02:00
Snowpin Lee
649b28f9e6 ralink: Add WPS support 2009-12-18 21:04:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a6fc4f3c82 Change Linux driver wrappers to use shared netlink receive code 2009-12-18 18:24:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
62d680c3ca netlink: Move more of the newlink/dellink parsing into shared code 2009-12-18 17:49:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f37cf89ccb netlink: Use NLMSG_OK and NLMSG_NEXT macros 2009-12-18 17:22:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
08063178fb nl80211/wext: Share netlink new/del link event receive code 2009-12-18 17:11:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e2d02c29b5 driver_nl80211/wext: Share netlink operstate send function
As an initial step in sharing netlink helper functions among driver
wrappers, create a new file for netlink code and move operstate send
function there.
2009-12-18 16:35:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3b31db5199 Fix netlink payload length calculation
nlmsghdr length needs to be removed from payload length. [Bug 341]
2009-12-18 16:14:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
67f0112d83 driver_test: Fix AP mode to initialize bss_ctx for first interface 2009-12-16 16:01:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cdc7f66bda Fix driver_nl80211.c build without CONFIG_CLIENT_MLME 2009-12-14 21:13:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d986b1b6c1 OpenSSL: Silence "Failed to read possible Application Data"
This message from tls_connection_handshake() is not really an error in
most cases, so do not show it if there was indeed no Application Data
available (which is a normal scenario and not an indication of any
error).
2009-12-14 16:09:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b57e086cc1 Mark management frame processing functions to use const buffer 2009-12-13 23:25:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ba091c06c5 Mark ieee802_11_parse_elems() input and parsed elems const
In addition, re-order IE pointers and u8 length so that the shorter
length fields are together to allow compiler to optimize structure size.
2009-12-13 23:11:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f8b1f69561 Use generic driver events for TX status and RX reporting
Replace driver wrapper calls to hostapd_tx_status(),
hostapd_rx_from_unknown_sta(), hostapd_mgmt_rx(), and
hostapd_mgmt_tx_cb() with new generic driver events
EVENT_TX_STATUS, EVENT_RX_FROM_UNKNOWN, and EVENT_RX_MGMT.

This cleans up lot of the driver wrapper code to be less dependent
on whether it is being used within wpa_supplicant AP mode or hostapd.
2009-12-13 23:05:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1b648c7e1a nl80211: Remove some of the unnecessary conditional compilation
These functions can be built for both hostapd and wpa_supplicant.
2009-12-13 21:49:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fcf0f87d97 Replace hostapd_button_pushed() with generic driver event 2009-12-13 21:21:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1cd973d501 Replace hostapd_michael_mic_failure() with generic driver event 2009-12-13 21:17:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
85cc05110d driver_test: Merge drv->hapd into drv->ctx
A separate struct hostapd_data pointer is not really needed anymore
and the generic context pointer can be used instead.
2009-12-13 18:57:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8043e72589 Add BSS ctx to if_add() driver op
This remove the need from driver_test.c to go through internal hostapd
structures to find the appropriate BSS when reporting events on secondary
BSSes.
2009-12-13 18:54:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0de39516ae Map STA flags into values defined in driver.h
This removes need for including hostapd/sta_flags.h into driver
wrappers and removes any remaining dependencies between driver flags
and internal hostapd flags.
2009-12-13 11:35:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
60c8cfb4fb Remove usused flags parameter from sta_add() driver op 2009-12-13 11:05:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c9b9e494fc driver_bsd: Fix build after previous commit 2009-12-12 23:55:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
af586419fd Add more WPA/IEEE 802.1X parameters into set_ieee8021x() driver op
This gets rid of the need to touch internal hostapd data structures
directly from the driver wrappers.
2009-12-12 23:50:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ff2a74eeb1 driver_bsd: Fix build (eapol_sm.h is not needed anymore) 2009-12-12 23:33:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e3bd3912ca Change set_ieee8021x driver op to use parameters structure
This makes it easier to extent the set of parameters passed to
this driver wrapper function.
2009-12-12 23:32:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
08fd8c15a0 Replace direct driver call to wpa_ft_rrb_rx() with driver event
This avoids need to include hostapd/wpa.h into the driver wrappers.
2009-12-12 22:43:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c779b04ab6 driver_wired: Share multicast membership add/drop function 2009-12-12 22:18:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
caf005b0fe driver_wired: Remove unneeded conditional building blocks 2009-12-12 22:07:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
50b5bf4eda Remove obsolete Prism54.org driver support (driver_prism54.c)
The Prism54.org project seems have been dead for a while and it does not
look like this driver would ever be maintained again. Furthermore, it is
difficult to find a version that would work with the driver_prism54.c
wrapper and there is another driver for these card in the Linux kernel
tree.

The hostapd integration in driver_prism54.c is quite different from the
other driver wrappers and would require major effort to get it cleaned
up. Since there does not seem to be any real users for the cleaned up
version, there does not seem to be justification to spend this effort on
the wrapper. This old code is making it much more difficult to clean up
the driver interface and at this point, the best option seems to be to
remove the driver wrappers. Should someone really still need this, the
old code will continue to be available in hostapd 0.6.x.
2009-12-12 20:52:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0531006644 driver_wired: Move STA entry processing away from driver wrapper
Get rid of hostapd/sta_info.h dependency by introducing a new driver
callback function for hostapd.
2009-12-12 20:39:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7e683ceeb4 WPS: Handle Selected Registrar as a union of info from all Registrars
Instead of using the latest selected registrar change, collect selected
registrar information separately from all registrars and use the union
of this information when building the WPS IE for Beacon and Probe
Response frames.

Note: SetSelectedRegistrar UPnP action does not include a unique
identifier, so the ER matching routine is based only on the IP address
of the ER. In theory, there could be multiple ERs using the same IP
address (but different port or URL), so there may be some corner cases
that would not always match the correct ER entry at the AP. Anyway, this
is not really expected to occur in normal use cases and even if it did
happen, the selected registrar information is not any worse than it was
before when only the last change from any registrar for being
advertized.
2009-12-12 16:54:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6a029035f5 WPS: Move POST URL validation into web_connection_parse_post()
This is more logical location for checking the URL and potentially
handling a call to another URL handler. In addition, return 404 error,
not invalid UPnP action, if the URL does not match.
2009-12-12 16:48:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ed74dcd512 WPS: Remove an obsolete comment about UPnP actions and callbacks 2009-12-12 16:48:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5e9c730a2b WPS: Remove unnecessary GetDevice and PutMessage callbacks
These callbacks can be handled internally within core WPS code, so there
is no need to go through wps_hostapd.c with a callback function that is
just calling back into the core WPS code.
2009-12-12 16:47:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d0d45d8276 WPS: Remove unnecessary SetSelectedRegistrar callback
This can be handled internally within core WPS code, so there is no
need to go through wps_hostapd.c with a callback function that is just
calling back into the core WPS code.
2009-12-12 16:46:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9008a3e44d Merge get_seqnum_igtk() driver op with get_seqnum()
IEEE 802.11w uses distinct key indexes (4 and 5) so the same
get_seqnum() handler can be used to fetch packet number for both
TKIP/CCMP and BIP(using IGTK).

Since the new get_seqnum_igtk() handler was not actually implemented by
any driver wrapper, this may also fix BIP/IGTK sequence number reporting
with driver_nl80211.c.
2009-12-11 00:15:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
90b8c4c5f8 Add Doxygen comments for rest of struct wpa_driver_ops members
All members have now at least minimal documentation.
2009-12-10 21:11:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6fe8296197 Move vendor-specific IE type defines away from driver.h
These are generic IEEE 802.11 defines and do not really need to be in
the driver interface specific header file.
2009-12-10 12:27:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
15333707d5 Add more documentation for driver ops 2009-12-10 01:21:01 +02:00
Masashi Honma
bab31499fd EAP-TTLS/PAP: User-Password obfuscation for zero length password
The password in User-Password AVP is padded to a multiple of 16 bytes
on EAP-TTLS/PAP. But when the password length is zero, no padding is
added. It doesn't cause connectivity issue. In fact, I could connect
with hostapd RADIUS server with zero length password.

I think it's better for obfuscation to pad the 16 bytes data when the
password length is zero with this patch.
2009-12-09 23:42:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3484a18a13 hostapd: Remove unused bridge_packets configuration option
There was code for configuring this, but no driver wrapper actually
implements the actual setting. Remove this for now to reduce potential
confusion and to simply the driver interface.
2009-12-09 22:06:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fb7842aa51 Remove struct hostapd_rate_data from driver API
In addition to the bitrate, the only other variable in this structure
is used internally in hostapd. Move this structure into hostapd.h and
make the driver API use simpler data structure (array of bitrates).
2009-12-09 21:57:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
217e7eeaf0 Remove unused rate flags from driver use
These are not really used and can be removed to clean up the driver
interface definition. The only remaining flag (HOSTAPD_RATE_BASIC) can
be removed once the basic rate set indication can be handled
differently.
2009-12-09 21:38:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
22a7c9d735 Merge bss_add/bss_remove drivers ops into if_add/if_remove
if_add/if_remove can now be used as the generic driver ops for adding
and removing virtual interfaces of various types. In addition,
driver_nl80211.c is now including this code unconditionally, so that
the functions are not limited only for hostapd.
2009-12-09 16:49:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b5996353e7 Remove unused if_update() driver op 2009-12-09 15:47:20 +02:00
Masashi Honma
2a91091e15 Fix driver_bsd.c build
On NetBSD 5.0.1, driver_bsd.c build fails with message below.

../src/drivers/driver_bsd.c: In function 'wpa_driver_bsd_associate':
../src/drivers/driver_bsd.c:1170: warning: implicit declaration of function 'wpa_driver_bsd_set_auth_alg'
../src/drivers/driver_bsd.c: At top level:
../src/drivers/driver_bsd.c:1204: error: static declaration of 'wpa_driver_bsd_set_auth_alg' follows non-static declaration
../src/drivers/driver_bsd.c:1170: error: previous implicit declaration of 'wpa_driver_bsd_set_auth_alg' was here
gmake: *** [../src/drivers/driver_bsd.o] Error 1

This patch solves this issue.
2009-12-07 21:35:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
644a8f2208 Remove unused phytype RX info variable 2009-12-06 18:54:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5c90d47657 Move EAP-SIM DB conditional build into hostapd 2009-12-06 18:23:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
74784010af Remove conditional no-RADIUS build from src/radius
Make it responsibility of the src/radius user to handle conditional
build rules.
2009-12-06 17:53:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ab7ddc74ad Move asn1_test.c into tests subdirectory and split it in two
The new test-asn1 and test-x509 tools are built using libraries
from src/{utils,crypto,tls}. Currently, cross dependencies between
crypto and tls are still preventing the test-x509 from being linked
properly.
2009-12-06 16:45:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0e574b07f8 Move hlr_auc_gw into hostapd directory
This is a separate program and is used mainly with hostapd, so it is
better to move this into the hostapd subdirectory now that Milenage
code has already been moved into src/crypto. Milenage was the only
generic component in hlr_auc_gw.
2009-12-06 16:33:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
912321e935 Add rules for building src/tls/libtls.a and use it with eap_example
eap_example is now using src/crypto/libcrypto.a and src/tls/libtls.a
instead of providing own rules for building the files for these
components. TLS library selection is temporarily disabled for
eap_example (it will be built using internal crypto/TLS), but the
configuration option for this will eventually be restored with a new
libcrypto.a configuration option.
2009-12-06 16:27:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e77e0a8320 Include functionality to support EAP-FAST unconditionally
Clean up the internal TLS implementation by removing conditional
build blocks for (mostly) EAP-FAST specific functionality. This
will increase the size a big for non-EAP-FAST builds, but is quite
helpful in making src/tls/libtls.a with single build options. If
the potential size reduction is considered significant in the future,
this can be reconsider with a more library compatible way (e.g.,
external file with registration function, etc.).
2009-12-06 16:20:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1a70777868 Remove unneeded CONFIG_INTERNAL_X509 and NEED_SHA256 defines 2009-12-06 16:19:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
be473f3f09 Split crypto_internal.c into parts to clean up build
This makes it easier to make src/libcrypto.a and only link in
code that is really used.
2009-12-06 14:37:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
507d87930c Fix rsn_preauth_scan_result() inline wrapper for no-EAP builds 2009-12-06 14:29:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4bb1228e1c Use thin archives to allow libraries to be merged
This allows libeap.a and libeap.so to be built by merging in multiple
libraries from src subdirectories. In addition, this avoids wasting
extra space and time for local builds.
2009-12-06 13:49:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f721aed4b1 Increase EAP server extra room for encryption overhead (for GnuTLS)
This fixes issues with some GnuTLS versions that seem to be adding
quite a bit of extra data into TLS messages. The EAP server code is
now using the same 300 byte extra room that was already used in the
EAP peer implementation.
2009-12-06 12:02:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
127608152e Move EAP method registration away from src/eap_{peer,server}
This makes it easier to make a library out of EAP methods without
losing possiblity of binary size optimization by linker dropping
unreferenced code.
2009-12-06 11:28:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2d106f21aa Remove unnecessary defines
The following defines are not really needed in most places, so
remove them to clean up source code and build scripts:
EAP_TLS_FUNCS
EAP_TLS_OPENSSL
EAP_TLS_GNUTLS
CONFIG_TLS_INTERNAL
2009-12-05 22:51:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
36ee258db7 Add forgotten files into libcrypto.a 2009-12-05 22:25:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
631afd993f Add rules for building src/crypto as a library
For now, this is hardcoded to support only the internal crypto
implementation.
2009-12-05 22:03:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6a230ba274 Add build rules for building a library from src/utils files
This is an initial step on providing an alternative build system that
uses libraries from src subdirectories.
2009-12-05 21:39:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
953f83439b Move Milenage test code into the new tests directory 2009-12-05 21:14:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
43df4cc2ca Move milenage.[ch] into src/crypto 2009-12-05 21:00:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1801bd7fae Move base64 test code into a new tests subdirectory 2009-12-05 20:43:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a95795ad61 nl80211: Add extra IEs into IBSS join request
This allows RSN IE to be added into Beacon and Probe Response frames
when using RSN IBSS.
2009-12-04 22:20:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5cc4d64bf2 nl80211: Add support for IBSS networks 2009-12-04 00:15:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
362bd35f2d Add more Doxygen documentation for RADIUS server implementation 2009-12-02 21:29:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d72aad942b nl80211: Clear BSS state mismatches with deauth as a workaround
There seem to be some cases in which wpa_supplicant and
cfg80211/mac80211 seem to have different understanding on
authentication/association state. Since cfg80211/mac80211 is very strict
on when it accepts new authentication/association/scan commands, try our
best at clearing such state mismatches by explicitly deauthenticating
from BSSes with which the driver claims we are associated with if we do
not have local information about such association.
2009-12-02 17:54:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e6b8efeba0 nl80211: Add debug prints for BSS status in scan results
Print what the kernel believes the current BSS status (authenticated
or associated) is in scan results. In addition, check whether this
matches with the state that wpa_supplicant believes the driver to be
in.

This does not change the actual behavior, but will provide information
that will help in debugging potential issues where cfg80211/mac80211
seems to get into a different state from wpa_supplicant. In addition,
this provides an easy location for a workaround that could be added to
clear cfg80211/mac80211 state for unknown BSSes.
2009-12-02 16:45:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e0e14a7bc3 Move internal EAPOL authenticator defines into their own file
This is an initial step in further cleaning up the EAPOL authenticator
use to avoid requiring direct accesses to the internal data structures.
For now, number of external files are still including the internal
definitions from eapol_auth_sm_i.h, but eventually, these direct
references should be removed.
2009-11-29 23:16:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
03da66bd59 Remove src/crypto from default include path
In addition, start ordering header file includes to be in more
consistent order: system header files, src/utils, src/*, same
directory as the *.c file.
2009-11-29 23:04:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ffa2a30e33 Add Makefile for the new src/eapol_auth directory 2009-11-29 20:21:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b60d6f61e4 Make HOSTAPD_DUMP_STATE configurable with CONFIG_NO_DUMP_STATE
This removes the hardcoded definition from Makefile and cleans up
source code by moving the mail HOSTAPD_DUMP_STATE blocks into separate
files to avoid conditional compilation within files.
2009-11-29 20:18:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
281c950be4 Move EAPOL authenticator state machine into src/eapol_auth
This is now completely independent from hostapd-specific code, so
it can be moved to be under the src tree.
2009-11-29 20:03:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2773ca093e Replace eap_type_text() with EAP server methods function
While this may not include knowledge of all EAP methods since this
depends on build configuration, it is better to not have to include
ieee802_1x.h into eapol_sm.c.
2009-11-29 18:57:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0c3abf8d22 Add driver wrapper callback for WPS push button pressed
This avoids the need to include ../hostapd/wps_hostapd.h into the
driver wrappers.
2009-11-29 18:18:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b8be7f5c03 driver_prism54: Use hostapd_notif_disassoc() instead of private copy 2009-11-29 18:13:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
67470d5112 Remove some unneeded header file inclusions 2009-11-29 18:07:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bcd154c343 Include sta_flags.h explicitly, not via sta_info.h 2009-11-29 18:00:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
90973fb2fd Remove src/common from default header file path
This makes it clearer which files are including header from src/common.
Some of these cases should probably be cleaned up in the future not to
do that.

In addition, src/common/nl80211_copy.h and wireless_copy.h were moved
into src/drivers since they are only used by driver wrappers and do not
need to live in src/common.
2009-11-29 17:51:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6ae9318536 Split scan processing for RSN preauthentication into parts
This avoids passing the raw scan results into the RSN code and by
doing so, removes the only dependency on src/drivers from the
src/rsn_supp code (or from any src subdirectory for that matter).
2009-11-29 17:06:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
120158cc8b Move uuid_gen_mac_addr() from uuid.c into src/wps
This removes the only src/crypto dependency from src/utils files.
2009-11-29 13:15:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
197ef6abef nl80211: Remove unneeded header file: ieee802_11_common.h
driver_nl80211.c does not use anything from this header file.
2009-11-29 13:06:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fc4e2d9501 HT: Remove unneeded struct ht_cap_ie wrapper
It is simpler to just use the HT Capabilities IE payload structure
as-is.
2009-11-29 13:04:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3a328c8133 Remove unused/unneeded IEEE 802.11n definitions 2009-11-29 12:43:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
be8eb8ab3e Fix AP mode HT Capabilities IE to use A-MPDU Parameters from the driver
Instead of using hardcoded maximum A-MPDU length of 64 kB and no
restrictions on minimum MPDU Start Spacing, use the correct values
reported by the driver.
2009-11-29 12:21:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a49148fd55 Rename HT Capabilities IE fields to match with IEEE Std 802.11n-2009 2009-11-29 12:02:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
15ef92d3cc Complete Doxygen documentation for RADIUS client
No more warnings from Doxygen about missing documentation from
radius_client.[ch].
2009-11-29 11:48:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
93704f8f95 Remove unused RADIUS client reconfig function
This is not actually used at all and it looks like the rules for
maintaining the old/new RADIUS configuration are not very clear in the
case the RADIUS client configuration did not change. Consequently, it
is better to just remove this for now and if similar functionality is
ever needed, redesign it to be easier to use without causing hard to
find issues with using freed memory.

Simpler approach to reconfiguring the RADIUS client would involve
just deinitializing the old context unconditionally and initializing
a new one whenever the configuration could have changed.
2009-11-28 23:04:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5843e1c9a6 Move acct_interim_interval away from RADIUS client configuration
This is not used at all inside RADIUS client and as such, it belongs
into hostapd configuration.
2009-11-28 23:03:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
df1e24aceb Improved Doxygen documentation for RADIUS client code 2009-11-28 23:00:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8d5aca73bb Fix doxygen file level comments 2009-11-28 21:34:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e8f5625c45 Fix doxygen file level comments 2009-11-28 21:14:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ed45947e9b WPS: Update couple of missed Primary Device Type uses 2009-11-26 11:54:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
96750ea5e5 WPS: Clean up Primary Device Type handling
Use shared functions for converting Primary Device Type between binary
and string formats. In addition, use array of eight octets instead of a
specific structure with multiple fields to reduce code complexity.
2009-11-26 11:39:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8e2c104fa1 Resolve some sparse warnings
Mainly, this is including header files to get definitions for functions
which is good to verify that the parameters match. None of these are
issues that would have shown as incorrect behavior of the program.
2009-11-25 00:57:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ec8d20187d Remove obsoleted get_scan_results() driver_ops
This has now been replaced with get_scan_results2() in every
in-tree driver.
2009-11-23 21:33:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c2e8d0a092 Remove deprecated scan and set_probe_req_ie driver_ops
These have been replaced with scan2 driver_ops that provides all
parameters in a single call.
2009-11-23 21:13:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4a867032ae Remove deprecated driver_ops handlers
This gets rid of previously deprecated driver_ops handlers set_wpa,
set_drop_unencrypted, set_auth_alg, set_mode. The same functionality
can be achieved by using the init/deinit/associate handlers.
2009-11-23 20:22:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e90bba4c59 Add cleared deprecation notes on iwl,ndiswrapper,madwifi(sta) wrappers
These driver wrappers should not be used anymore; WEXT should be used
instead. However, there may still be users stuck on older kernel versions
that may require driver specific wrappers, so the source code still
remains in the repository.
2009-11-23 17:08:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
642187d6bf Merge set_key and hapd_set_key driver_ops into a single function 2009-11-23 16:58:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fd7a5dd15f Move HOSTAPD_MTU definition into driver_hostap.c
This moves the MTU definition into driver_hostap.c since it was really
meant to be specific to this driver. Since this was the last remaining
definition in hostapd_defs.h, remove that header file as unnecessary.
2009-11-23 16:21:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0715247aa8 Remove unneeded set-MTU operation from drivers
This code was copied from driver_hostap.c where it is used with the
special wlan#ap interface. It was not supposed to be used to change
the MTU for a normal data interface.
2009-11-23 16:17:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d994a9b54e Move definitions away from hostapd_defs.h
Clean up definitions to reduce need to include header files from the
hostapd directory into files under the src subdirectories.
2009-11-23 16:14:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c1bb3e0a62 nl80211: Build some client functionality unconditionally
Even though this makes the hostapd version a bit larger, the code will
be easier to maintain with the reduced number of complex ifdef blacks.
2009-11-23 15:40:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dbb2618300 nl80211: Remove last remaining WEXT code
Clean up driver_nl80211.c by gettign rid of the last remaining WEXT use.
This requires that a recent mac80211 version is used to get full protection
in station mode via the authorized flag (IEEE 802.1X PAE).
2009-11-23 15:30:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5d67487244 Merge set_beacon driver_ops into a single one
Clean up driver interface by merging hostapd and wpa_supplicant
specific set_beacon driver_ops into a single one. In addition,
merge set_beacon_int into to the same operation.
2009-11-23 15:26:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3c2166d63c WPS: Do not try to send byebye advertisements if socket is not valid
If initialization fails, we could potentially try to sendto() on -1
socket which would fail. No point in doing that, so just return early
from the function.
2009-11-21 22:00:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3617d81a70 Fix a typo in a comment 2009-11-21 21:13:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
55d0b0831e OpenSSL: Remove unneeded MinGW CryptoAPI compat code
The current MinGW/w32api versions seem to provide all the needed CryptoAPI
functions, so the code for loading these dynamically from the DLL can be
removed.
2009-11-21 20:33:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e3992c3381 GnuTLS: Fix compilation with newer GnuTLS versions
Avoid duplicate defination of TLS_RANDOM_SIZE and TLS_MASTER_SIZE.
2009-11-21 20:23:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6d798e8b7e Fix strict aliasing issue with the internal SHA-1 implementation
Need to define the workspace buffer properly to allow compiler to handle
strict aliasing between the incoming unsigned char[64] buffer as an u32
array. The previous version built with strict aliasing enabled can
result in SHA-1 producing incorrect results and consequently, with
4-way handshake failing.

This is based on a report and patch from Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
but with a different type (the union) used as a fix to avoid needing
extra type casting.

Discovered as part of the investigation of:

https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=494262#c32

if sha1 is built with gcc without turning off strict aliasing, it will
fail to correctly generate the hashes and will fail its own testcases as
well.

Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
2009-11-21 20:17:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
11ff95783e WPS ER: Deinitialize protocol instance with STA after completion
In addition, remove the WPS ER Enrollee entry 10 seconds after
successful completion of the protocol run.
2009-11-21 18:39:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a34a330706 WPS ER: Use random event identifier in event URL
This avoids some issues in cases where the ER has been started and
stopped multiple times on the same address and an AP may have stored
multiple event notification addresses for the same ER. The random
identifier allows the ER to filter out unexpected messages from further
processing.
2009-11-21 18:15:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3f6dc111ff WPS: Cleanup subscription URL list handling
Do not give the allocated memory to the subscription code since it was
not using it as-is anyway. This makes it easier to understand who owns
the allocation an is responsible of freeing it. This may potentially
fix some memory leaks on error paths.
2009-11-21 18:06:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ec72bd0c77 WPS ER: Move SSDP functionality into a separate file 2009-11-21 17:26:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e694b34474 WPS ER: Add more AP information into the ctrl_interface message
This allow wpa_gui to show AP BSSID, WPS State (configured/unconfigured),
and primary device type.
2009-11-21 13:34:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c3016248f4 WPS ER: Fetch AP's M1 to learn device type and WPS state 2009-11-21 13:13:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
52a45d20dd WPS ER: Use (addr,UUID) as the key for AP entries
This allows multiple WPS AP instances to be supported per IP address.
2009-11-21 12:51:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7a082a83f0 WPS ER: Stop AP unlink loop on match
There is no need to continue through the list after this, since the
same AP entry can only be listed once.
2009-11-21 12:18:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6a1e492a81 WPS ER: Move STA entry unlinking into a separate function 2009-11-21 12:18:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7c04d5ec6c WPS ER: Fix AP entry freeing on timeout
Must unlink the entry first before trying to remove it to avoid
leaving behind pointers to freed memory.
2009-11-21 12:12:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b3f371cabf WPS ER: Refresh ER data on WPS_ER_START when already started
This sends out the AP and Enrollee notifications for all tracked
devices and generates a new SSDP search to find more APs.
2009-11-20 21:57:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7c009db2a6 WPS ER: Fix Enrollee entry freeing on timeout
Must unlink the entry first before trying to remove it to avoid
leaving behind pointers to freed memory.
2009-11-20 21:56:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a3c6598fcd Add 'none' driver as an option for wpa_supplicant
This can be used, e.g., with WPS ER when no network interface is
actually used for IEEE 802.1X or wireless operations.
2009-11-20 21:12:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4bdd556886 WPS: Fix MAC Address inside Credential be that of Enrollee's
The WPS 1.0h specification is quite unclear on what exactly should be
used as the MAC Address value in the Credential and AP Settings. It
looks like this should after all be the MAC Address of the Enrollee,
so change Registrar implementation to use that address instead of the
AP BSSID.

In addition, add validation code to the Enrollee implementation to
check the MAC Address value inside Credential (and also inside AP Settings)
to make sure it matches with the Enrollee's own address. However, since
there are deployed implementations that do not follow this interpretation
of the spec, only show the mismatch in debug information to avoid breaking
interoperability with existing devices.
2009-11-19 00:31:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
62fa124ce2 nl80211/SME: Use reassociation when roaming within the ESS 2009-11-17 19:25:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
33417cd75c WPS ER: Clear WPS protocol run on PutMessage failure 2009-11-15 22:56:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2c073ad43d WPS ER: Deinit WPS protocol data when freeing AP entry 2009-11-15 22:53:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cef4652f2c WPS ER: Use learnt AP settings to build credentials for an Enrollee 2009-11-15 22:46:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e64dcfd54b WPS ER: Add command for fetching current AP settings 2009-11-15 22:27:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
82b857ec0b WPS: Determine the OpCode based on message type attribute (UPnP)
This allows WSC_ACK and WSC_NACK to be processed correctly in the AP
when operating as an Enrollee with an ER over UPnP transport.
2009-11-15 22:23:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f6d23cfd9e WPS ER: Do not try to process AP Settings in proxied M7 to ER
In this case, the Enrollee is not an AP, so do not try to process
AP Settings in M7.
2009-11-15 18:54:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
564cd7fa2c WPS ER: Add preliminary PBC support
This will need some additional code in wps_er_pbc() to handle PBC mode
enabling for a single AP only. For now, this can only be expected to work
when the ER is connected to a single AP.
2009-11-15 18:46:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5d34ab644d WPS ER: Only send Enrollee notification on Probe Request and M1
No need to do this for M3..M7 or NACK/ACK/Done messages.
2009-11-15 18:29:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b78bc3a37e WPS ER: Add ctrl_iface notifications for AP/Enrollee add/remove 2009-11-15 12:07:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
462adee5fe WPS ER: Store AP UUID in binary format for future use 2009-11-15 11:07:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fcac668faa WPS: Use a dummy WSC_ACK as WLANEvent as the initial event if needed
UPnP device architecture specification requires all evented variables to
be included in the initial event message after subscription. Since this
can happen before we have seen any events, generated a dummy event
(WSC_ACK with all-zeros nonces) if needed.
2009-11-15 01:11:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
44577e4c2e WPS: Send SSDP byebye notifications when stopping UPnP advertisements
This will notify control points of the services going away and allows
them to notice this without having to wait timeout on the
initial advertisements.
2009-11-15 00:46:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d806a5588e WPS: Remove derivation of management keys
MgmtAuthKey and MgmtEncKey were not used for anything and are unlikely
to ever be used, so better remove the code to reduce binary size.
2009-11-14 14:18:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
00785aba71 WPS: Remove unused WFA WLANConfig Service actions
This removes following WFA WLANConfig Service actions and the related
state variables: GetAPSettings, SetAPSettings, DelAPSettings,
GetSTASettings, SetSTASettings, DelSTASettings, RebootAP,
ResetAP, RebootSTA, ResetSTA.

While WFA WLANConfig Service version 1.0 claims that some of these are
mandatory to implement for an AP, there are no known implementations
supporting these actions neither in an AP/proxy or an External Registrar
that would use them. These are unlikely to be supported in the future
either and as such, it is just simpler to get rid of them to clean up
the implementation and reduce code size.
2009-11-14 14:08:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7ec2e26ddf WPS ER: Fix Op-Code for WSC_{ACK,NACK,Done}
When using UPnP transport, the Op-Code is not included, but the WPS
frame processing will need this. Generate a matching Op-Code based
on the message type.
2009-11-13 22:40:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ed835e539b WPS: Fix AP to proxy WSC_NACK to ER 2009-11-13 22:40:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
04f5d74077 WPS: Fix OpCode when proxying WSC_ACK or WSC_NACK from ER
Previously, WSC_MSG was hardcoded for every message from ER, but
this needs to be changed based on message type to send a valid
message to the Enrollee via EAP transport.
2009-11-13 22:29:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
72df2f5fc6 WPS ER: Add PIN configuration and SetSelectedRegistrar call
New PINs can now be added to WPS ER. This results in the ER code
using SetSelectedRegistrar to modify AP state so that Enrollees
will be able to notice the actice registrar more easily.
2009-11-13 22:07:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d64d9ddf6c WPS: Fix http_link_update() to nul terminate the result 2009-11-13 22:05:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ecc6d04b89 WPS ER: Add PutWLANResponse generation and transmission
This allows the M2D message to be transmitted as a response to the
Enrollee via the proxying AP.
2009-11-12 01:24:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b345031997 WPS ER: Add STA/Enrollee entries and start processing EAP messages
This keeps STA/Enrollee entries up to date and sets up registration
protocol session. M1 is processed and M2D generated, but the there
is no code yet to transmit the response back to the AP with
PutWLANResponse.
2009-11-11 23:50:17 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
6980c19127 hostapd: fix AP mode initialization for nl80211
Always bring down the wlan interface, even when not changing the
BSSID, the interface also needs to be down for changing its type
from managed to AP mode.
2009-11-11 16:47:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dc6d9ac250 WPS ER: Parse WLANEvent notifications and send HTTP response
The receive Probe Request and EAP-WSC notifications are now parsed
(including the TLVs in them) and contents is shown in the debug log.
Actual processing of the received information is still missing (TODO
comments indicate the needed functionality).
2009-11-11 00:23:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
feae037c25 driver_prism54: Use os_zalloc instead of malloc to clear memory
This will make sure the full buffer is initialized even if some
fields were not explicitly set.
2009-11-10 17:08:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6689218ec7 Fix comparison to use correct symbol name (__rand vs. rand)
rand would be the address of rand() function and never NULL. The previous
version could have crashed on invalid AKA-AUTS command. Though, these
commands are only from hostapd which sends valid requests and as such,
the actual issue did not show up.
2009-11-10 16:51:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
69856fadf7 Add wpa_msg_ctrl() for ctrl_interface-only messages
This is like wpa_msg(), but the output is directed only to
ctrl_interface listeners. In other words, the output will not be
shown on stdout or in syslog.

Change scan result reporting to use wpa_msg_ctrl() for
CTRL-EVENT-SCAN-RESULTS message at info level and wpa_printf() at
debug level to avoid showing scan result events in syslog in the
common configuration used with NetworkManager.
2009-11-10 15:59:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
efa6481438 WPS: Fixed printf size_t warning on 32-bit builds 2009-11-10 11:30:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
097c7b3723 WPS ER: Subscribe to UPnP events
This adds code to start a HTTP server and to subscribe to UPnP events
from each discovered WPS AP. The event messages are received, but there
is not yet any code to actually parse the contents of the event.
2009-11-09 20:01:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
875a4e5936 WPS: Read HTTP request within HTTP server code
This removes HTTP related code from wps_upnp_web.c and makes it easier
to use HTTP server functionality for new uses (e.g., WPS ER).
2009-11-08 22:33:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b905c4a398 WPS: Add HTTP server module
Clean up code so that UPnP implementation does not need to include all
the HTTP functionality. In addition, make it easier to share HTTP server
functionality with other components in the future.
2009-11-08 17:26:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
585774f28a WPS ER: Fetch and parse device description 2009-11-08 16:46:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0b40d03394 WPS: Move generic UPnP XML helper functionality into a separate file 2009-11-08 14:06:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
092794f480 WPS: Add HTTP client module to clean up code
Instead of implementing HTTP client functionality inside
wps_upnp_event.c, use a generic HTTP client module to do this. The HTTP
client code can now be shared more easily for other purposes, too.
2009-11-08 12:35:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b02ee4a228 WPS: Mark functions static
These functions are used only within wps_upnp_event.c.
2009-11-07 17:04:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e9bcfebfce WPS: Add initial part of External Registrar functionality
This is the first step in adding support for using wpa_supplicant as a
WPS External Registrar to manage APs over UPnP. Only the device
discovery part is implemented in this commit.
2009-11-07 12:41:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
08eb154db5 Fix MCS set field to be based on driver info
Instead of using hardcoded Rx MCS bitmask (indexes 0..15 enabled),
use the real information from the driver capabilities.
2009-11-05 12:38:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5a641ae01e Use type-punning to avoid breaking strict aliasing rules
While the actual use here would be unlikely to be broken by any C
optimization, it is better to use explicit union construction to let
gcc know about the aliasing and avoid warnings from gcc 4.4.
2009-11-05 12:11:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0ae7b08691 Work around some gcc 4.4 strict-aliasing warnings
gcc 4.4 ends up generating strict-aliasing warnings about some very common
networking socket uses that do not really result in a real problem and
cannot be easily avoided with union-based type-punning due to struct
definitions including another struct in system header files. To avoid having
to fully disable strict-aliasing warnings, provide a mechanism to hide the
typecast from aliasing for now. A cleaner solution will hopefully be found
in the future to handle these cases.
2009-11-04 19:49:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
eb999fefcb Add Xcode project file for building wpa_supplicant 2009-11-02 19:37:46 +02:00
Andriy Tkachuk
72ffc08242 WPS: SelectedRegistrar expiration for internal PIN registrar
Though we have such a timeout when handling SetSelectedRegistrar UPnP
message from an external registrar, it looks like we don't have one when
the internal registrar is activated for PIN connection. Thus we set the
SelectedRegistrar flag when AP is activated for PIN connection but we
never reset it - not by some timeout, nor when registration succeeds.
This lead to situations where AP everlastingly declare that it is
activated for WPS PIN connection when in reality it is not.

Use the same timeout (and also success with PIN) to clear the selected
registrar flag when using internal registrar, too.
2009-11-01 22:19:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2e71444516 WPS: Abort ongoing PBC protocol run if session overlap is detected
If PBC session overlap is detected during an ongoing PBC protocol run,
reject the run (if M8, i.e., credentials, have not yet been sent). This
provides a bit longer monitoring time at the Registrar for PBC mode to
catch some cases where two Enrollees in PBC mode try to enroll
credentials at about the same time.
2009-11-01 21:59:30 +02:00
Oleg Kravtsov
63330c6832 WPS: Add PBC overlap and timeout events from WPS module
This provides information about PBC mode result from the WPS Registrar
module. This could be used, e.g., to provide a user notification on the
AP UI on PBC failures.
2009-11-01 21:26:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7e3a67514f WPS: Use Config Error 12 to indicate PBC overlap in M2D
If PBC session overlap is detected between button press on the registrar
and M1 is reception, report session overlap with the Config Error
attribute in M2D to the Enrollee.
2009-11-01 20:57:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e5fc45d7ae Fix dbus build without EAP 2009-10-22 11:11:53 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
08d38568df Move shared MD5/SHA-1 internal definitions into header files 2009-10-17 12:55:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1e8c857abe Move shared DES definitions into a header file 2009-10-17 12:53:27 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f1739bac4f Move PKCS# {1,5,8} functionality into separate files
This functionality fits better with src/tls (i.e., internal TLS
implementation), so move it there to make crypto_internal.c more
of a wrapper like other crypto_*.c files.
2009-10-17 12:48:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3af9f2983c TLS: Replace set_key helpers to return key instead of status code
The status code was not being used anyway, so it is simpler to
just return the key as is done in crypto functions.
2009-10-17 12:15:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3f4ed97a70 Add support for PKCS #5 encrypted PKCS #8 keys with internal crypto
Private keys can now be used in either unencrypted or encrypted
PKCS #8 encoding. Only the pbeWithMD5AndDES-CBC algorithm (PKCS #5)
is currently supported.
2009-10-17 12:06:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
506b45ed22 Add DES-CBC support into internal crypto implementation 2009-10-17 12:05:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8ef74414fc Internal TLS: Add support for unencrypred PKCS#8 private keys in PEM
Recognize the PEM header "BEGIN PRIVATE KEY" as base64-decode the data
to be able to use PEM encoded, unencrypted PKCS#8 private keys with the
internal TLS implementation. Previously, only DER encoding of the
PKCS#8 private key was supported.
2009-10-16 22:00:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
43fb529750 Add AP mode WPA status into ctrl_iface 2009-10-16 18:35:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
20bd9547a1 Add ctrl_iface events for AP mode STA connect/disconnect
These are used to notify ctrl_iface monitors when a STA completes
connection (the port becomes authorized) and when a STA disconnects.
2009-10-16 17:51:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
278da1b52a openssl: Allow build with OpenSSL 0.9.7
OpenSSL 0.9.7 does not include get_rfc3526_prime_1536() function, so
provide that functionality internally if needed. In addition, make
sha256_vector() building depend on whether SHA256 support is included
in the OpenSSL library. This with CONFIG_INTERNAL_SHA256=y in .config
allows OpenSSL without SHA256 support to be used.
2009-10-16 15:57:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d8130bdf13 openssl: Mark openssl_digest_vector() static 2009-10-16 15:54:52 +03:00
Masashi Honma
9b336bcef0 DragonFly BSD: Fix driver_bsd.c build
Both hostapd/wpa_supplicant compilation fails on DragonFly BSD.

This patch solves this issue.

I have tested only compilation. Not functionality.
Because I don't have any device which can work on DragonFly BSD.
2009-10-12 09:56:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6d6f4bb87f nl80211: Work around mac80211 limitation on (re)auth when authenticated
mac80211 does not currently allow (re)authentication when we are already
authenticated. In order to work around this, force deauthentication if
nl80211 authentication command fails with EALREADY. Unfortunately, the
workaround code in driver_nl80211.c alone is not enough since the
following disconnection event would clear wpa_supplicant authentication
state. To handle this, add some code to restore authentication state
when using userspace SME.

This workaround will hopefully become unnecessary in some point should
mac80211 start accepting new authentication requests even when in
authenticated state.
2009-10-12 09:39:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
34c9910dc7 Fix EAP-AKA server build without EAP-SIM 2009-10-11 22:23:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
38b462868c Clean up crypto makefile segments
Reorganize the TLS/crypto library segments into a single set of blocks
for each library instead of multiple locations handling library-specific
operations. Group crypto functionality together and get wpa_supplicant
and hostapd Makefile closer to eachother in order to make it easier to
eventually move this into a shared makefile.
2009-10-11 22:04:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f042122a57 Allow the internal DH implementation to be overridden
Crypto library wrappers can now override the internal DH (group 5)
implementation. As a starting point, this is done with OpenSSL. The
new mechanism is currently available only for WPS (i.e., IKEv2 still
depends on the internal DH implementation).
2009-10-11 19:17:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
dd01b1ff9d Include only the used DH groups in the build
This reduces the binary size by 3 kB or so when WPS is included in
the build, but IKEv2 is not.
2009-10-11 15:24:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b3ad11bb80 nl80211: Add parsing of NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO into scan results 2009-10-01 17:53:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d942a79e6a nl80211: Recognize NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN events
Replace "nl80211: Ignored unknown event (cmd=33)" with
"nl80211: Scan trigger" to make debug output clearer. We do not
currently do anything with this event apart from showing it in
the debug log.
2009-10-01 13:58:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ebf214e670 NSS: Implement TLS PRF using new TLS extractor interface
This allows NSS to be used to derive EAP-TLS/PEAP/TTLS keying material.
NSS requires a patch from
https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=507359
to provide the new API. In addition, that patch needs to be modified to
add the 16-bit context length value in SSL_ExportKeyingMaterial() only if
contextlen != 0 in order to match with the EAP-TLS/PEAP/TTLS use cases.
This issue seems to be coming from the unfortunate incompatibility in
draft-ietf-tls-extractor-07.txt (draft-ietf-tls-extractor-00.txt would
have used compatible PRF construction).

At this point, it is unclear how this will be resolved eventually, but
anyway, this shows a mechanism that can be used to implement EAP key
derivation with NSS with a small patch to NSS.
2009-09-30 20:12:32 +03:00
Author: Johannes Berg
1c766b094a nl80211: Fix a typo in set_sta_vlan()
The VLAN interface index needs to use NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN. It was
adding a duplicate NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
2009-09-30 19:23:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
289ffc2b61 Add preliminary version of NSS TLS/crypto wrapper for wpa_supplicant
This brings in the first step in adding support for using NSS
(Mozilla Network Security Services) as the crypto and TLS library
with wpa_supplicant. This version is able to run through EAP-PEAP
and EAP-TTLS authentication, but does not yet implement any
certificate/private key configuration. In addition, this does not
implement proper key fetching functions either, so the end result
is not really of much use in real world yet.
2009-09-29 01:21:09 +03:00
Masashi Honma
f335c69e14 DragonFly BSD: Fix wired IEEE 802.1X
On DragonFly BSD, wired IEEE 802.1X fails with this message:
ioctl[SIOC{ADD/DEL}MULTI]: Invalid argument

This patch solves this issue.

I have tested with these:
OS : DragonFly BSD 2.4.0
EAP : EAP-TLS
Switch : Cisco Catalyst 2950
2009-09-28 16:10:02 +03:00
Masashi Honma
40e107c129 Mac OS X: Fix wired IEEE 802.1X 2009-09-26 19:29:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2aa5f84709 nl80211: Use defines for NL80211_KEY_CIPHER values 2009-09-15 11:23:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d723bab4b3 Revert "nl80211: Share the same routine for NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER setup"
This reverts commit 5aa9cb5cca.

The nested key attribute is using different attribute values
(NL80211_KEY_* vs. NL80211_ATTR_KEY_*), so cannot share the same routine
for these purposes..
2009-09-15 11:21:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5aa9cb5cca nl80211: Share the same routine for NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER setup 2009-09-15 10:54:41 +03:00
Johannes Berg
0194fedb46 driver_nl80211: Fix MLME key settings for static WEP
Current wpa_supplicant has a bug with WEP keys, it adds a zero-length
sequence counter field to netlink which the kernel doesn't accept.

Additionally, the kernel API slightly changed to accept keys only when
connected, so we need to send it the keys after that. For that to work
with shared key authentication, we also include the default WEP TX key
in the authentication command.

To upload the keys properly _after_ associating, add a new flag
WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SET_KEYS_AFTER_ASSOC_DONE indicating that the driver
needs the keys at that point and not earlier.
2009-09-15 10:48:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
611ed49118 Add parsed information from WPS IE(s) into scan results
This makes it easier for external programs to show WPS information
since they do not need to parse the WPS IE themselves anymore.
2009-09-11 17:14:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e9a2bca6f5 WPS: Add parsing of AP Setup Locked attribute 2009-09-11 17:13:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6e4f461270 Fix driver_test for hostapd
Commit 0b55b934ee broke this by not
initializing drv->ap = 1 in hostapd case since the mode updating
code ended up unlinking the socket file. Setting drv->ap = 1
removes the mode change and as such, unlinking of the socket file.
2009-09-11 16:45:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
abad3ccb1e Convert WPS IE concat routine to a generic helper
This may also be needed in wpa_supplicant and potentially for other
IE types, too.
2009-09-11 16:36:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
630a843f59 driver_test: Update BSS data when using wpa_supplicant AP mode 2009-09-11 00:22:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0b55b934ee driver_test: Implement set_mode for wpa_supplicant AP deinit 2009-09-11 00:17:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
86e9f093a0 driver_test: Preliminary support for wpa_supplicant AP functionality 2009-09-10 17:41:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5d5b99ecd3 driver_test: Share the same deinit() for hostapd and wpa_supplicant 2009-09-10 17:03:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c6f726748d driver_test: Merge socket_dir into test_dir 2009-09-10 16:52:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5ae8964079 driver_test: Some additional merging of send_mlme 2009-09-10 16:48:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
133032e7bd driver_test: Claim AP mode capability for wpa_supplicant 2009-09-10 16:30:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ac48db0f2b driver_test: Build most of code in unconditionally
It is simpler to just build in all the test driver code regardless
of whether this is for hostapd or wpa_supplicant (which will eventually
get AP mode support with driver_test, too).
2009-09-10 16:28:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
41aeddf99a driver_test: Merge wpa_supplicant and hostapd data structures
There is no real need to keep these in separate data structures with
different names.
2009-09-10 16:18:04 +03:00
Alex Badea
7598210b79 radius_server: clean up completed sessions sooner
radius_server_encapsulate_eap() resets sess->eap->if->eap{Success,Fail}
to FALSE, such that the completion condition is never true.

The net effect is that completed sessions would linger for
RADIUS_SESSION_TIMEOUT seconds.

Signed-off-by: Alex Badea <vamposdecampos@gmail.com>

Previously, the default settings allowed 100 sessions in 60 seconds.
With this fix, the default limit is now 100 sessions per 10 seconds.
[Bug 329]
2009-09-09 23:54:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2678509dec WPS: Store device info and make it available through AP ctrl_iface
Store a copy of device attributes during WPS protocol run and make it
available for external programs via the control interface STA MIB
command for associated stations. This gives access to device name and
type which can be useful when showing user information about associated
stations.
2009-09-07 22:09:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
52eb293dd2 WPS: Add support for AP reconfiguration with wps_reg
wpa_supplicant can now reconfigure the AP by acting as an External
Registrar with the wps_reg command. Previously, this was only used
to fetch the current AP settings, but now the wps_reg command has
optional arguments which can be used to provide the new AP
configuration. When the new parameters are set, the WPS protocol run
is allowed to continue through M8 to reconfigure the AP instead of
stopping at M7.
2009-09-06 13:58:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7da2c5276d nl80211: Ignore connect/roam/disconnect events when using SME
Getting double association/disassociation events can get core code
confused, so better filter out the extra events.
2009-09-04 16:39:41 +03:00
Zhu Yi
cfaab58007 nl80211: Connect API support
If the driver does not support separate authentication and association
steps, use the connect API instead.
2009-09-03 21:31:29 +03:00
Zhu Yi
da72a1c1ae nl80211: Add connect/disconnect event processing 2009-09-03 20:39:59 +03:00
Zhu Yi
93d1140077 nl80211: Check whether the driver support separate auth/assoc commands
This is an initial step in adding support for the new connect command.
For now, we just add the capability query. The actual use of the new
command will be added separately.
2009-09-03 20:36:09 +03:00
Zhu Yi
8d6ca17813 nl80211: Use defines for cipher suite selectors 2009-09-03 20:21:18 +03:00
Masashi Honma
80cc6bf6d0 OpenBSD: wired IEEE 802.1X for OpenBSD
This is a patch for OpenBSD wired IEEE 802.1X. This is only for wired,
not wireless, because OpenBSD uses wpa_supplicant only on wired now.

http://www.openbsd.org/cgi-bin/cvsweb/ports/security/wpa_supplicant/

I have tested with these.
OS : OpenBSD 4.5
EAP : EAP-TLS
Switch : CentreCOM 8724SL
2009-08-26 23:40:51 +03:00
Masashi Honma
fe23eb5696 WPS: Aggregate deinit calls in WPS OOB
In WPS OOB, deinit_func() is called from 3 locations.
This patch aggregates these to one.
2009-08-26 23:34:54 +03:00
Witold Sowa
3a57305f10 Fix a bug with ap_rx_from_unknown_sta() recursion
ap_rx_from_unknown_sta was going into infinite recursion,
or could even crash because of corrupted pointer cast.
2009-08-26 20:18:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
335ce76b1c nl80211: Use two sockets to avoid mixing command replies with events
Previously, both the command replies and unsolicited events were
received from the same socket. This could cause problems if an event
message is received between a command and the response to that command.
Using two sockets avoids this issue.
2009-08-26 12:10:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5cd89c26f9 Disable PMTU discovery for RADIUS packets (sent them without DF)
When Linux has Path MTU discovery enabled, it sets by default the DF bit
on all outgoing datagrams, also UDP ones. If a RADIUS message is bigger
than the smallest MTU size to the target, it will be discarded.

This effectively limits RADIUS messages to ~ 1500 Bytes, while they can
be up to 4k according to RFC2865. In practice, this can mean trouble
when doing EAP-TLS with many RADIUS attributes besides the EAP-Message.
[Bug 326]
2009-08-23 21:32:27 +03:00
Stefan Winter
a2fbf12524 Disable PMTU discovery for RADIUS packets (sent them without DF)
When Linux has Path MTU discovery enabled, it sets by default the DF bit
on all outgoing datagrams, also UDP ones. If a RADIUS message is bigger
than the smallest MTU size to the target, it will be discarded.

This effectively limits RADIUS messages to ~ 1500 Bytes, while they can
be up to 4k according to RFC2865. In practice, this can mean trouble
when doing EAP-TLS with many RADIUS attributes besides the EAP-Message.
[Bug 326]
2009-08-23 21:21:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ad469aecc1 Reject X.509 certificate strings with embedded NUL characters
These could, at least in theory, be used to generate unexpected common
name or subject alternative name matches should a CA sign strings with
NUL (C string termination) in them. For now, just reject the certificate
if an embedded NUL is detected. In theory, all the comparison routines
could be made to compare these strings as binary blobs (with additional
X.509 rules to handle some exceptions) and display NUL characters
somehow. Anyway, just rejecting the certificate will get rid of
potential problems with the C string getting terminated and it should
not really be used in certificates, so this should not break valid use
cases.
2009-08-23 21:00:38 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9932c17fc8 Sync with linux/nl80211.h from wireless-testing.git 2009-08-18 11:33:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1ba787b954 Remove unneeded aes_i.h inclusion from number of places
The BLOCK_SIZE define can be made more specific by using AES_ prefix and
by moving it to aes.h. After this, most aes-*.c do not really need to
include anything from the internal aes_i.h header file. In other words,
aes_i.h can now be used only for the code that uses the internal AES
block operation implementation and none of the code that can use AES
implementation from an external library do not need to include this
header file.
2009-08-17 20:27:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
04b6b3ed51 Verify that EAPOL-Key MIC generation succeeds
This can now fail, e.g., if trying to use TKIP in FIPS mode.
2009-08-16 22:35:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7a215dfc2b Verify that RC4 operation succeeds 2009-08-16 22:28:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
108f9dd49b Fix crypto_cipher_init() EVP initialization
Better not specify EVP_CIPHER again for the second init call since that
will override key length with the default value. The previous version
was likely to work since most use cases would be likely to use the
default key length. Anyway, better make this handle variable length
ciphers (mainly, RC4), too, just in case it is needed in the future.
2009-08-16 22:26:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7cba52d852 Use OpenSSL for RC4 instead of internal implementation 2009-08-16 22:26:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ac73690c06 Move RC4 into crypto.h as a replaceable crypto function
This allows crypto library wrappers to override the internal RC4
implementation in the same way as can already be done for other crypto
algorithms.
2009-08-16 20:13:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8ef1683115 Remove rc4() wrapper
This is not really of that much use since rc4_skip() can be used as
easily. In addition, rc4 has caused some symbol conflicts in the past,
so it is easier to live without that as an exported symbol.
2009-08-16 19:57:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1d5ed36e7c Fix build with non-FIPS capable OpenSSL 2009-08-16 19:56:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c5f6ad5766 Verify CHAP/MSCHAPv2 return code
Check the return code in some (but not yet all) places where the
functions from ms_funcs.c are used.
2009-08-16 19:07:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ff916b9df7 Allow non-FIPS MD5 to be used with TLS PRF even in FIPS mode
This is allowed per FIPS1402IG.pdf since the TLS PRF depends fully on
both MD5 and SHA-1.
2009-08-16 18:56:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
be299ca4ce Pass digest return value to CHAP/MSCHAPv2 caller 2009-08-16 18:38:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
76f04b38b0 Preliminary support for FIPS mode operation with OpenSSL
wpa_supplicant can now be built with FIPS capable OpenSSL for FIPS mode
operation. Currently, this is only enabling the FIPS mode in OpenSSL
without providing any higher level enforcement in wpa_supplicant.
Consequently, invalid configuration will fail during the authentication
run. Proper configuration (e.g., WPA2-Enterprise with EAP-TLS) allows
the connection to be completed.
2009-08-16 14:24:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6d503f67e3 Pass error values from digest calls to ms_funcs callers
These function calls can now fail, so better let the caller know if that
happened.
2009-08-16 14:18:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1430ba9b7e OpenSSL: Use library version of SHA256
There is no need to use the internal SHA256 implementation when using
OpenSSL.
2009-08-16 14:15:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4b77bf2a40 OpenSSL: Use EVP_Digest*() functions
Instead of using low level, digest-specific functions, use the generic
EVP interface for digest functions. In addition, report OpenSSL errors
in more detail.
2009-08-16 14:12:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0a5d68aba5 Make hash functions return error value
Some crypto libraries can return in these functions (e.g., if a specific
hash function is disabled), so we better provide the caller a chance to
check whether the call failed. The return values are not yet used
anywhere, but they will be needed for future changes.
2009-08-16 14:06:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e1ffdfc18b Enable SHA256 digest support in OpenSSL
This is needed to allow X.509 certificates with SHA256 digest to be
used. [Bug 323]
2009-08-16 10:25:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1b8409a0a5 Support PEM format RSA private key with internal TLS implementation 2009-08-16 09:34:21 +03:00
Masashi Honma
d43430d43d NetBSD: Fix wired IEEE 802.1X problem
On NetBSD 5.0, when I use wired 802.1X, "Invalid argument" occurs
on SIOCADDMULTI ioctl and 802.1X fails.

I tried FreeBSD code, but "Address family not supported by protocol family"
occurs on SIOCADDMULTI ioctl and 802.1X fails, too.

This patch solves this issue.

I have tested with these:
OS : NetBSD 5.0
EAP : EAP-MD5
Switch : CentreCOM 8724SL
2009-08-15 20:59:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ba30964b60 Force rebuilding of src/drivers between hostapd and wpa_supplicant
This is a (hopefully) temporary workaround to allow the same source code
tree to be used for building hostapd and wpa_supplicant without having
to manually force recompilation of some files. Currently, some of the
driver wrapper files need to be built separately for hostapd and
wpa_supplicant (#ifdef's in the files based on AP functionality).

This is somewhat racy as far as parallel make execution is concerned,
i.e., it may be necessary to run "make -j#" twice (plain "make" works
fine. Since this is supposed to be a temporary workaround, there is not
much point in trying to fix this with any more complex make processing.
2009-08-14 20:40:37 +03:00
Johannes Berg
e7cd16cac5 Create a common drivers makefile snippet
Instead of having all driver stuff collected across wpa_supplicant
and hostapd, create a common snippet that they both include and
that handles the build configuration.
2009-08-14 19:53:27 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6b23b70445 Avoid a theoretical integer overflow in base64_encode()
If base64_encode() were to be used with a huge data array, the
previous version could have resulted in overwriting the allocated
buffer due to an integer overflow as pointed out in
http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=137484. However, there
are no know use cases in hostapd or wpa_supplicant that would do that.
Anyway, the recommended change looks reasonable and provides additional
protection should the base64_encode() function be used for something
else in the future.
2009-08-13 16:36:41 +03:00
Johannes Berg
4c9e03e0b2 Crypto build cleanup: remove CONFIG_NO_AES_*
Instead of using a defines and conditional building of AES parts,
move the conditional functionality into separate files.
2009-08-13 11:40:28 +03:00
Johannes Berg
6b5c4c3359 Remove some more crypto ifdef, fix a few small bugs 2009-08-13 11:28:03 +03:00
Johannes Berg
27da6d4a0e Crypto build cleanup: remove CONFIG_NO_AES_ENCRYPT
Instead of using a define and conditional building of AES parts,
move the AES encryption routines into a separate file.
2009-08-13 11:21:32 +03:00
Johannes Berg
381fcbc9f4 Crypto build cleanup: remove CONFIG_NO_AES_DECRYPT
Instead of using a define and conditional building of AES parts,
move the AES decryption routines into a separate file.
2009-08-13 11:16:21 +03:00
Johannes Berg
18abe7acb0 Crypto build cleanup: remove CONFIG_NO_PBKDF2
Instead of using a define and conditional building of sha1.c parts,
move the PBKDF2 implementation into a separate file.
2009-08-11 20:31:39 +03:00
Johannes Berg
d9feab18fc Crypto build cleanup: remove CONFIG_NO_TLS_PRF
Instead of using a define and conditional building of sha1.c parts,
move the TLS PRF implementation into a separate file.
2009-08-11 20:24:06 +03:00
Johannes Berg
6f693b5d0b Crypto build cleanup: remove CONFIG_NO_T_PRF
Instead of using a define and conditional building of sha1.c parts,
move the T-PRF implementation into a separate file.
2009-08-11 20:19:37 +03:00
Johannes Berg
05edfe2994 Crypto build cleanup: remove NEED_FIPS186_2_PRF
Instead of using a define and conditional building of crypto wrapper
parts, move the FIPS 186-2 PRF implementation into separate files.
2009-08-11 20:06:23 +03:00
Johannes Berg
ad01a5315e Crypto build cleanup: remove INTERNAL_MD5
Instead of using a define and conditional building of md5.c parts,
move the internal-MD5 into a separate file.
2009-07-28 21:36:13 +03:00
Johannes Berg
bd4e28950d Crypto build cleanup: remove INTERNAL_MD4
In addition, rename md4.c to md4-internal.c to match in style with
SHA-1 conditionally built internal implementation.
2009-07-28 21:27:02 +03:00
Johannes Berg
598a792d8c Crypto build cleanup: remove INTERNAL_SHA256
Instead of using a define and conditional building of sha256.c parts,
move the internal-SHA256 into a separate file.
2009-07-28 21:20:04 +03:00
Johannes Berg
246157cba6 Crypto build cleanup: remove INTERNAL_AES
In addition, rename aes.c to aes-internal.c to match in style with
SHA-1 conditionally built internal implementation.
2009-07-28 21:09:57 +03:00
Johannes Berg
657f038102 Crypto build cleanup: remove INTERNAL_DES
In addition, rename des.c to des-internal.c to match in style with
SHA-1 conditionally built internal implementation.
2009-07-28 21:00:44 +03:00
Johannes Berg
928a50a355 Crypto build cleanup: remove INTERNAL_SHA1
Instead of using a define and conditional building of sha1.c parts,
move the internal-SHA-1 into a separate file.
2009-07-28 20:47:04 +03:00
Johannes Berg
849ef835a7 nl80211: Fix WEP key configuration
Current wpa_supplicant has a bug with WEP keys, it adds a zero-length
sequence counter field to netlink which the kernel doesn't accept.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
2009-07-26 21:22:55 +03:00
Johannes Berg
7a47d567cf hostapd: fix auth encryption
hostapd currently tries to encrypt all auth frames,
except for "OPEN" and "SHARED with transaction 3".
This means that it will send an encrypted "unknown
auth algorithm" reply for all other algorithsm. Fix
this by changing the logic to only encrypt shared
key auth frames with transaction 3.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
2009-07-26 21:15:47 +03:00
Jon Loeliger
2e8eac2d67 Allow wpa_supplicant to use libnl-2.0
Change existing CONFIG_LIBNL20 compatibility code in
driver_nl80211.c to be used by both wpa_supplicant
and hostapd, but take care of nl_handle too now.

Propagate CONFIG_LIBNL20 out of .config file and onto
CFLAGS in the Makefile.

Use libnl-gen now too.

Signed-off-by: Jon Loeliger <jdl@bigfootnetworks.com>
---
2009-07-25 17:21:52 +03:00
Ryuji
1c5a1aa51c Fix EAP-TNC peer memory leak on an error path 2009-06-30 19:39:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
064bb8232c Add root .gitignore file to cleanup ignore lists
This removes need for local configuration to ignore *.o and *~
and allows the src/*/.gitignore files to be removed (subdirectories
will inherit the rules from the root .gitignore).
2009-06-29 21:47:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f141be0caf EAP-SIM peer: Remove AT_NOTIFICATION from Notification response
This attribute is not supposed to be used in the response frame (i.e.,
it is only in the EAP-Request/SIM-Notification frame) per RFC 4186
chapters 10.1 and 9.9. This is a minor bug since the server is required
to ignore the contents of the EAP-Response/SIM-Notification during
protected result indication per chapter 6.2.

EAP-AKA peer was already following the similar specification in RFC 4187,
but this was somehow missed in the EAP-SIM peer implementation.
2009-06-29 21:42:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2b16c01c4e Rename variable to avoid gcc warning about shadowed names 2009-06-29 21:26:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3fed6f2504 Replace hostapd_wps_probe_req_rx() with more generic ProbeReq notifier
The driver wrappers should not need to include wps_hostapd.h, so let's
make this easier by introducing a driver callback for reporting Probe
Request frames.
2009-06-12 17:31:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
efe22727da X.509: Add parsing of alternative name to internal TLS implementation
The alternative name extensions are now parsed, but the actual values
are not yet used for alt. subject name matching.
2009-06-11 23:47:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4625a47f4b WPS: Change wpa_supplicant wps_reg to not send out M8
Since we do not currently support changing the AP settings received
from M7, there is no point in actually sending out the M8 that would
likely trigger the AP to reconfigure itself and potentially reboot.
For now, we just receive the AP settings in M7 and add a local network
configuration block based on those, but NACK the message. This makes
wps_reg work like wps_pin, but by using the AP PIN instead of a client
PIN.
2009-06-10 15:53:35 +03:00
Roy Marples
a5b73cc49d driver_bsd.c: Use new MLME method of association.
Old way does not work with all drivers on NetBSD and FreeBSD are
also using this so should be a safe change. [Bug 312]

Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
2009-05-29 22:41:43 +03:00
Roy Marples
66d4085f0a driver_bsd.c: Reduce code duplication between hostapd and wpa_supplicant
Add generic functions to get/set 80211 vars, set 80211 params and
get/sid ssid.
Change NetBSD defines to match the ioctl used for portability.
Check size we're copying into instead of assuming IFNAMSIZ.

Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
2009-05-29 22:38:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
92e63aafdc bsd: Get rid of printf size_t warnings with 64-bit builds 2009-05-29 22:34:07 +03:00
Karl Hiramoto
a35187e71a hostapd: nl80211 retry creating a interface if it fails the first time
If hostapd segfaults, or is killed with -9, or the interface already exists,
when the interface is created, it will fail.

Configuration file: /tmp/hostapd/hostapd.conf
Failed to create interface mon.wlan0_0.
Using interface wlan0_0 with hwaddr 00:13:01:01:08:0a and ssid 'IG_0405_LAN'
Failed to set beacon head/tail or DTIM period
Failed to create interface wlan0_1.

Try to remove the interface and re-create it before aborting.
2009-05-29 21:48:19 +03:00
Dan Williams
2976121955 wext: disconnect at init and deinit
To ensure the supplicant starts and ends with a clean slate (keys are
already cleaned up at init and deinit time), force a null BSSID and
bogus SSID to ensure the driver isn't connected to anything.

Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
2009-05-27 21:01:26 +03:00
Dan Williams
87d01acfeb wext: Fix deauthentication to do IW_MLME_DEAUTH prior to disconnect
4853d5ac84 had a small bug in the order
of these function calls in _wext_deauthenticate() (_disassociate()
did have the correct order). The deauthentication frame is supposed
to go out (if driver supports that) before we disconnect more
forcefully.
2009-05-27 20:57:29 +03:00
Dan Williams
64a04447c3 wext: don't force-disconnect in ad-hoc mode
Otherwise the driver might interpret the request as a request to
create/join a new adhoc network with the bogus SSID.

Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
2009-05-27 20:55:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
077a781f7a WPS: Add support for setting timeout for PIN
hostapd_cli wps_pin command can now have an optional timeout
parameter that sets the PIN lifetime in seconds. This can be used
to reduce the likelihood of someone else using the PIN should an
active PIN be left in the Registrar.
2009-05-26 17:44:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b63303b864 hostapd: Fix internal crypto build without TLS 2009-05-26 17:09:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c7be4c2e3e Resolve couple of compiler warnings 2009-05-26 17:08:16 +03:00
Masashi Honma
a65f4a57fd driver_bsd.c: use get_scan_results2
The attached patch will replace get_scan_results with get_scan_results2.
This is a preparation for WPS on BSD.
And I erased "wpa_scan_result_compar". Because scan result
sorting will be done with "wpa_scan_result_compar" on
"scan_helpers.c".

I have done below tests on NetBSD with an atheros card.
- WPA2-PSK(CCMP)
- WPA-PSK(TKIP)
- PEAP(MSCHAPv2)
- EAP-TLS
- EAP-TTLS(MSCHAPv2)
2009-05-21 11:34:54 +03:00
Masashi Honma
131289d88d Fix hostapd and wpa_supplicant comipilation on NetBSD 4.0.1 2009-05-21 11:21:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0165255010 nl80211: Add support for IEEE 802.1X port control in station mode
This adds a cleaner mechanism for protecting against unauthorized
data frames than the previously used drop_unencrypted mechanism
(which is not even available with nl80211 and had to use a WEXT
ioctl.

The old drop_unencrypted code is left in for now as the final
surviving WEXT use in driver_nl80211.c. However, it can be removed
from the build by defining NO_WEXT. It may also be removed
eventually when most users are expected to be using recent enough
kernel version.
2009-05-14 21:54:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7e76ee9c45 nl80211: Add support for NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2
For now, the old code using NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS is left in for
backwards compatibility with older kernel versions. It may be removed
eventually when most users are expected to be running with new
enough kernel version.
2009-05-14 21:53:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a652fc1a24 Sync with linux/nl80211.h from wireless-testing.git 2009-05-14 21:51:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e572fa331c nl80211: Add MFP flag configuration for station mode
This fixes IEEE 802.11w use with driver_nl80211.c in station mode.
2009-05-12 11:55:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c4e281fd91 Drop unprotected Robust Action frames from MFP STAs
These frames are delivered through mac80211 monitor interface, so we
need to filter them out in hostapd.
2009-05-08 12:51:28 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4209a95df5 Update SA Query transaction id length based on IEEE 802.11w/D8.0
IEEE 802.11w/D8.0 changed the length of the SA Query transaction
identifier from 16 to 2 octets.
2009-05-06 18:57:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
826fff182f WPS: Add a workaround for auth/encr type flags mismatches
Some deployed implementations seem to advertise incorrect information
in this attribute. For example, Linksys WRT350N seems to have a
byteorder bug that breaks this negotiation. In order to interoperate
with existing implementations, assume that the Enrollee supports
everything we do.
2009-05-06 10:56:18 +03:00
Jouke Witteveen
077ed46d2b General revision of RoboSwitch driver
Attached is a patch for the RoboSwitch driver in trunk. It is a
general revision of the source code.

Changes:
- Improved IEEE 802.1X conformance ([1])
- Better conformity to Broadcom specifications
- Fixed compatibility with different chipset revisions

It is worth noting that performance may drop a little using the new
driver. This can be overcome by using "multicast_only=1" as a
parameter. In that case only packets to the PAE group address are
regarded, as the previous revision of the driver did. A more detailed
description of the parameter and it's consequences is available at [2]
(summary: use "multicast_only=1" whenever possible).

[1] http://lists.shmoo.com/pipermail/hostap/2009-February/019398.html
[2] http://forum.openwrt.org/viewtopic.php?id=19873
2009-04-26 21:25:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
da1fb17ca7 Add handling of SME auth/assoc timeout events
This allows wpa_supplicant to start searching for other APs (or re-try)
if the MLME times out.
2009-04-24 00:08:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1fb1a6f0bf Remove unused set_broadcast_ssid() driver op
None of the driver wrappers user this. hostapd-controlled broadcast SSID
hiding can only be used with drivers that use hostapd for handling
Beacon and Probe Request/Response frames.
2009-04-22 16:15:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9351257cfb Remove the unused set_ieee80211d driver op
None of the driver wrappers use this. Only the drivers that use hostapd
for Beacon and Probe Request/Response handling can now use IEEE 802.11d
properly.
2009-04-22 16:11:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4bc181ecc7 Add new wpa_supplicant driver op for setting 802.1X port status
This can be used with drivers that implement PAE to control whether
normal data frames (non-EAPOL) are allowed.
2009-04-22 16:01:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ad6494515e nl80211: Replace WEXT code for RTS/fragmentation threshold
nl80211 has new attributes for setting RTS and fragmentation threshold
values. Use these instead of the old WEXT ioctls.
2009-04-21 18:11:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
30985b8600 Remove unused set_retry() driver op 2009-04-21 18:01:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5645fbdc85 nl80211: Sync with linux/nl80211.h from wireless-testing.git
Note: This changes values for existing NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN
and NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE (for some reason, they ended up getting
swapped in wireless-testing.git) and as such, could break Michael
MIC  error reporting (well, at least partially).
2009-04-21 17:54:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3ec97afe57 wpa_supplicant AP: Add preliminary support for WPS Internal Registrar
When in AP mode, wpa_supplicant is now enabling WPS (only Internal
Registrar). wpa_cli wps_pbc and wps_pin commands can be used to initiate
WPS negotiation similarly to how this is done in station mode (though,
the BSSID parameter is ignored).
2009-04-21 16:45:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a8d6ffa48f wpa_supplicant AP: Add sta_set_flags 2009-04-20 16:33:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
db149ac949 wpa_supplicant AP: Add EAPOL frame TX and RX
This allows WPA-Personal 4-way handshake to be completed successfully.
2009-04-20 16:27:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
13405f3542 nl80211: Mark state disassociated on local deauth/disassoc 2009-04-20 11:37:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
83935317a7 Disconnect if 4-way handshake processing fails
There is no point in trying to continue if a 4-way handshake frame is
discarded or if PTK/GTK/IGTK configuration fails. Force the client to
disconnect in such a case to avoid confusing user by claiming the
connection was successfully completed.
2009-04-20 11:35:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0f4e8b4f65 wpa_supplicant AP: add sta_add() and sta_remove() 2009-04-17 20:09:20 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
460456f832 nl80211: Add/remove monitor interface dynamically based on mode 2009-04-17 16:27:38 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8a27af5c70 nl80211: Delete Beacon information on deinit in wpa_supplicant AP mode 2009-04-17 16:06:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b08d177aad Use C99 designated initializers to cleanup driver_ops setup
These driver wrappers use UNIX domain sockets and as such, won't be
built with Microsoft compiler. Consequently, use of C99-style designated
initializers can be used to make these files easier to maintain. Only
driver_ndis.c needs to support the old C89-style due to Microsoft
compiler not supporting newer C standard.
2009-04-17 15:58:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
61693eaa80 hostapd: Remove unused passive scan functionality
This was not really supported by any of the included driver wrappers. If
this functionality is desired in the future, this (or something similar)
can be added with the changes needed into a driver wrapper to use the
mechanism.
2009-04-17 15:47:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c811d5bc78 nl80211: Use ifndef hostapd to reduce binary size
Number of areas are not used by hostapd, so remove them from the build.
2009-04-17 15:36:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6d550fbeea nl80211: Fix secondary BSS ifindex
This was broken by a cleanup patch that moved from ifname to ifindex.
2009-04-17 13:33:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4b9841d34c Move more multi-BSSID processing into drv_callbacks.c
This simplifies driver wrapper operations and removes last direct
struct hostapd_data dereferences from driver_nl80211.c. In addition,
some of the TX callbacks are now fixed for secondary BSSes.
2009-04-17 13:29:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
412036f5f0 Provide own_addr buffer in hapd_init() parameters
This reduces number of places in driver wrapper that would need to
dereference struct hostapd_data pointer directly.
2009-04-17 11:55:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
731723a5bd Add own_addr as a parameter to sta_deauth() and sta_disassoc()
This fixes deauth/disassoc frames in secondary BSSes when using
multi-BSSID. In addition, it reduces need to dereference
struct hostapd_data inside driver wrappers.
2009-04-17 11:37:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7af376e456 nl80211: Fix wpa_supplicant build 2009-04-17 11:23:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
41d931ee37 nl80211: Add helper functions for SIOC{G,S}IFHWADDR 2009-04-17 11:22:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b8c4d6df5f Remove dead code related to WDS setup
hostapd does not have any code that would actually call this, so there
is no current need to try to figure out how to set up WDS links with
nl80211.
2009-04-16 19:08:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bbaf083777 nl80211: Share more of init/deinit code 2009-04-16 17:16:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
37b7d08204 nl80211: Make it possible to build without WEXT support
NO_WEXT can be defined to disable all remaining WEXT uses from
driver_nl80211.c. This breaks some functionality, so the code is still
in use by default. Anyway, the new #ifdef blocks make it easy to search
for areas that need to be converted to nl80211.
2009-04-16 16:36:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ad1e68e6b5 Clean up HT40 scan and share nl80211 scanning code
Instead of adding a new driver_ops for fetching neighbor BSS data (that
nl80211 driver interface had to scan during initialization), share the
same scan operations that wpa_supplicant is using. This gets rid of
duplicated scan code in driver_nl80211.c (and better yet, removes large
part of old WEXT code).

hostapd interface initialization is now completed in a callback, if
needed, i.e., he_features channel/hw_mode selection can use as much time
as needed. This can also help with radar detection in the future.
2009-04-16 16:22:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
814aaa844a Fix small HTTP processing issues
Parse "Transfer-Encoding: chunked" properly.
Get more data if read buffer is empty when starting to process the body.
2009-04-15 11:18:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9fff9fdcf9 nl80211: Use shared code for netlink initialization 2009-04-14 15:52:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7da3abe711 nl80211: Merge handle_frame() implementations 2009-04-14 15:35:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f019981aee nl82011: Use common code for setting channel 2009-04-14 15:15:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c720f2cd56 nl80211: Remove inclusion of unneeded header files 2009-04-14 15:03:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
071f8ac4df nl80211: Fix management frame sending after driver_ops cleanup
hostapd ended up with unregistered send_mlme() in commit
9f324b61ba. Fix this by registering the
handler both for wpa_supplicant-AP and hostapd use. [Bug 310]
2009-04-14 13:12:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b4fd6fab5b Share driver beacon configuration handlers 2009-04-09 23:44:39 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
92f475b4d8 Merge hostapd driver init functions into one
Use a parameter structure to pass in information that can be more easily
extended in the future. Include some of the parameters that were
previously read directly from hapd->conf in order to reduce need for
including hostapd/config.h into driver wrappers.
2009-04-09 23:28:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
989f52c639 Remove unneeded inclusion of hostapd header files 2009-04-09 20:53:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2135f224db nl80211: Share common interface processing code 2009-04-09 20:41:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
072ad14cc4 nl80211: Share monitor mode filtering and reading functions 2009-04-09 20:20:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e785c2ba3b Share same set_country driver op for hostapd and wpa_supplicant 2009-04-09 20:01:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9f324b61ba Share management frame send driver op for hostapd and wpa_supplicant
The same implementation can be shared in most cases, so better share the
same driver_ops handler function.
2009-04-09 19:57:20 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8342130269 Remove flags parameter from send_mgmt_frame() driver op
This was not documented properly and was not really used nor would it be
suitable to be used in generic way as it was implemented. It is better
to just remove the parameter since there does not seem to be any
reasonable use for it.
2009-04-09 19:42:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5b7b85f669 nl80211: Replace hostapd WEXT events with nl80211 events
This shares the nl80211 event processing with wpa_supplicant and removes
the old WEXT code from driver_nl80211.c.
2009-04-09 17:10:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
35583f3fa6 nl80211: Add Michael MIC failure event processing for wpa_supplicant 2009-04-09 16:50:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ac184de0ec Sync linux/nl80211.h with wireless-testing.git
This adds support for Michael MIC failure events and info on maximum
supported scan IE length.
2009-04-09 16:39:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1ad1cdc241 nl80211: Merge hostapd and wpa_supplicant key configuration
No need to duplicate more or less identical code.
2009-04-09 16:31:11 +03:00
Francesco Gringoli
5a0ffb5f1f nl80211: Fix channel 14 use
nl80211 interface has a trivial bug that prevents it to work correctly
with channel 14. Channel frequency is erroneously 2848 instead of 2484.
To correct it just apply this patch. [Bug 308]
2009-04-09 14:51:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c3965310e6 Use common get_hw_feature_data for hostapd and wpa_supplicant
This merges the driver wrapper implementations to use the same
implementation both for hostapd and wpa_supplicant operations to avoid
code duplication.
2009-04-09 14:11:39 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c51218372f Merge wpa_supplicant and hostapd driver wrapper implementations
This commit merges the driver_ops structures and implementations from
hostapd/driver*.[ch] into src/drivers. This is only an initial step and
there is room for number of cleanups to share code between the hostapd
and wpa_supplicant parts of the wrappers to avoid unnecessary source
code duplication.
2009-04-09 13:40:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a0b2f99bd7 nl80211: Fix static WEP key configuration when using SME
Need to set WEP keys before requesting authentication in order to get
Shared Key authentication working. Previously, the WEP keys were not set
at all when using SME in wpa_supplicant.
2009-04-04 16:58:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
282d55908b wpa_supplicant AP: Add get_hw_feature_data
This is enough to allow open mode association to be completed with
driver_nl80211.c.
2009-04-03 19:11:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6caf9ca68c Share same hw_feature definitions between hostapd and wpa_supplicant 2009-04-03 19:04:20 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2c2010acda Implement management frame TX for wpa_supplicant AP mode 2009-04-03 16:45:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6179d2fd7d Fix driver_ops function documentation 2009-04-03 16:35:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0915d02c3c wpa_supplicant AP: Add management frame RX for nl80211 2009-04-02 21:59:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d2440ba01b Add Beacon configuration for wpa_supplicant AP mode 2009-04-02 16:09:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2e24a366ea nl80211: Add IGTK (AES-128-CMAC) configuration
This was somehow forgotten from IEEE 802.11w/MFP patches from
wpa_supplicant -Dnl80211.
2009-04-01 17:14:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
efa4607800 SME: Add processing for rejected associations 2009-04-01 17:10:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c0a6190815 Fix SHA-256-based KDF when using CCMP as the pairwise cipher
IEEE 802.11r KDF uses key length in the derivation and as such, the PTK
length must be specified correctly. The previous version was deriving
using 512-bit PTK regardless of the negotiated cipher suite; this works
for TKIP, but not for CCMP. Update the code to use proper PTK length
based on the pairwise cipher.

This fixed PTK derivation for both IEEE 802.11r and IEEE 802.11w (when
using AKMP that specifies SHA-256-based key derivation). The fixed
version does not interoperate with the previous versions. [Bug 307]
2009-04-01 12:04:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d61f48ba1d nl80211: Remove forgotten comment about SIOCSIWMODE 2009-03-31 15:25:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1b2a72e884 nl80211: Remove SIOCGIWRANGE and assume TKIP+CCMP+WPA+WPA2
All currently known drivers that use nl80211/cfg80211 support these, so
no need to use old WEXT ioctl for figuring out capabilities.
2009-03-31 14:25:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d8816397c3 nl80211: Remove WEXT Michael MIC event processing
mac80211 does not use this type of Michael MIC event, so this is not
really used and proper Michael MIC failure processing will be added
using an nl80211 event once that gets added into wireless-testing.git.
2009-03-31 14:14:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e8a029fb6d nl80211: Remove WEXT_COMPAT
It looks like both new nl80211 operations (scan and auth/assoc) end up
being added in Linux 2.6.30, so we do not need to maintain the backwards
compatibility code in wpa_supplicant.
2009-03-31 14:09:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
73267b9ca4 WPS: Fix local configuration update after AP configuration
Update credential to only include a single authentication and
encryption type in case the AP configuration includes more than one
option. Without this, the credential would be rejected if the AP was
configured to allow more than one authentication type.
2009-03-30 19:00:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d3a9822542 Add support for specifying subset of enabled frequencies to scan
A new network block parameter, scan_freq, can be used to specify subset
of frequencies to scan. This can speed up scanning process considerably
if it is known that only a small subset of channels is actually used in
the network. A union of configured frequencies for all enabled network
blocks is used in scan requests.

Currently, only driver_nl80211.c has support for this functionality.

For example, following parameter marks 2.4 GHz channels 1, 6, 11 to be
scanned: scan_freq=2412 2437 2462
2009-03-26 21:55:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c746331b52 Allow hostapd/config.h and wpa_supplicant/config_ssid.h coexist
Move the shared IEEE 802.11w enum definition into src/common/defs.h to
avoid redefinition when both configuration structures are included into
the same file.
2009-03-26 16:06:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bfd67fc44c Fix WPS UPnP SSDP on 32-bit targets
The memcpy was using incorrect size (of pointer; should have been of
data structure) for the client address. This ended up working on 64-bit
targets, but left part of the address uninitialized on 32-bit targets.
2009-03-26 15:32:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1e5839e06f Rename EAP server defines from EAP_* to EAP_SERVER_*
This allows separate set of EAP server and peer methods to be built into
a single binary.
2009-03-25 12:06:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1581b38b67 Initial step in adding simple AP mode support into wpa_supplicant
This version is adding the configuration option (mode=2) for this and
driver capability reporting to figure out whether AP mode can be used.
However, this does not actually implement any real functionality yet.
2009-03-25 11:38:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a87c9d9609 driver_nl80211: Fix initial iftype change
Need to set drv->ifindex before calling set_mode(). In addition, set the
mode before setting the interface up to avoid having to set it down
again.

Add more useful error message on mode changes.
2009-03-24 20:50:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
36b15723ca Deprecate set_drop_unencrypted(), set_auth_alg(), and set_mode()
All these driver handlers can be implemented in associate() handler
which gets all the needed information in the parameters structure. The
old functions that provided only a single parameter will be removed
eventually to clean up the driver_ops structure, so driver wrappers
should start using the newer mechanism.
2009-03-24 20:06:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
22498d6dc3 Fix WPS UPnP build for FreeBSD 2009-03-21 21:00:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4df91b3f3f Fix driver_bsd.c build for FreeBSD 2009-03-21 20:58:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fd05d64ecf nl80211: Make get_ssid behave like get_bssid with SME
Use a local copy of SSID instead of WEXT when using wpa_supplicant-based
SME.
2009-03-20 23:03:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ed384c2c67 nl80211: Make set_bssid() WEXT_COMPAT 2009-03-20 22:59:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
95f02a5ddd nl80211: Make PMKSA caching candidate event WEXT_COMPAT 2009-03-20 22:57:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f555b6dec1 nl80211: Mark PMKSA cache operations with WEXT_COMPAT
These are not needed with wpa_supplicant SME.
2009-03-20 22:55:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
af723760ba nl80211: Fix no-WEXT_COMPAT build
wpa_driver_nl80211_set_ssid() and wpa_driver_nl80211_set_freq() are only
for WEXT_COMPAT now that the user space MLME code is removed.
2009-03-20 22:44:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
625f587b03 nl80211: Remove user space MLME code
This design did not make it into the kernel and the new user space SME
design has removed the need for keeping the experimental code.
2009-03-20 22:31:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c2a0407851 Add SME support (separate authentication and association)
This can be used, e.g., with mac80211-based Linux drivers with
nl80211. This allows over-the-air FT protocol to be used (IEEE
802.11r).

Since the nl80211 interface needed for this is very recent (added
today  into wireless-testing.git), driver_nl80211.c has backwards
compatibility code that uses WEXT for association if the kernel does
not support the new commands. This compatibility code can be
disabled by defining NO_WEXT_COMPAT. That code will also be removed
at  some point to clean up driver_nl80211.c.
2009-03-20 22:26:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b21fab69fd Update linux/nl80211.h copy based on wireless-testing.git 2009-03-20 21:28:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9f98c48315 Fix doxygen function comment 2009-03-19 21:42:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4cb0dcd92d Fix IEEE 802.11r key derivation function to match with the standard
IEEE Std 802.11r-2008, 8.5.1.5.2 starts the 'i' counter from 1, not 0.
Note: this breaks interoperability with previous versions. [Bug 303]
2009-03-19 15:46:00 +02:00
Masashi Honma
2943799678 TNC: Fix a stray pointer that could cause segfault on error path
On "eap_tnc_process" function error case, data->in_buf keeps reference
to a local scope variable. For example this will cause segmentation
fault in "eap_tnc_deinit" function "wpabuf_free(data->in_buf)"
statement.
2009-03-16 21:01:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c590cb67d4 Update draft-cam-winget-eap-fast-provisioning references to RFC 5422 2009-03-14 10:30:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
51853c899b Fix TNC with EAP-TTLS
This was broken by 510c02d4a3 which added
validation of eap_ttls_phase2_eap_init() return value. The main problem
in the code trying to initialize a new phase 2 EAP method
unconditionally; this should only happen if there is a new method in the
inner method sequence.
2009-03-13 18:20:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
99bff8430f Fix segmentation fault on EAP-TTLS phase 2 EAP method init failure
This is based on a patch and report by Masashi Honma
<honma@ictec.co.jp>. The issue is more generic than just TNC, though,
since failure to initialize any phase 2 EAP method can result in NULL
dereference.
2009-03-13 17:53:13 +02:00
Masashi Honma
0d308bc074 TNC: Send EAP-Failure on TNC failure
On PEAP(TNC), hostapd integrated RADIUS server doesn't return
EAP-Failure when "Recommendation = none". So, EAP data retransmittion
occurs.

My co-worker "Ryuji Ohba" made below patch.
2009-03-13 17:41:58 +02:00
Larry Stefani
b7d3a95afc Zero struct ifreq data before use in l2_packet_init()
[Bug 300]
2009-03-13 17:04:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
86f4deb635 FT: Fix status code values to match with IEEE 802.11r-2007
It looks like couple of status code values were changed during the
802.11r draft process and these were not updated in source code yet.
2009-03-09 22:28:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f238cf9f42 FT: Add RIC Request processing and RIC Response generation
hostapd will now go through the RIC Request and process each RDIE. Only
WMM TSPEC requests are currently supported; all other request
descriptors will be declined.

RIC Response is written by hostapd and verified by wpa_supplicant (MIC
validation). wpa_supplicant does not yet have code to notify the driver
about the resource request results.
2009-03-09 22:25:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
babfbf15cc FT: Add RIC Request generation and validation (but not processing)
This adds first part of FT resource request as part of Reassocition
Request frame (i.e., FT Protocol, not FT Resource Request Protocol).
wpa_supplicant can generate a test resource request when driver_test.c
is used with internal MLME code and hostapd can verify the FTIE MIC
properly with the included RIC Request.

The actual RIC Request IEs are not processed yet and hostapd does not
yet reply with RIC Response (nor would wpa_supplicant be able to
validate the FTIE MIC for a frame with RIC Response).
2009-03-09 20:45:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
143a4bf632 WPS: Add a workaround for static WEP with Windows network probe
Windows XP and Vista clients can get confused about EAP-Identity/Request
when they probe the network with EAPOL-Start. In such a case, they may
assume the network is using IEEE 802.1X and prompt user for a
certificate while the correct (non-WPS) behavior would be to ask for the
static WEP key. As a workaround, use Microsoft Provisioning IE to
advertise that legacy 802.1X is not supported.

This seems to make Windows ask for a static WEP key when adding a new
network, but at least Windows XP SP3 was still marking IEEE 802.1X
enabled for the network. Anyway, this is better than just leaving the
network configured with IEEE 802.1X and automatic WEP key distribution.
2009-03-08 19:36:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9e783041fa Add a workaround for EAP-FAST with Cisco AP local RADIUS server
When using the internal TLS implementation, EAP-FAST unauthenticated
provisioning ends up proposing multiple cipher suites. It looks like
Cisco AP (at least 350 and 1200 series) local authentication server does
not know how to search cipher suites from the list and seem to require
that the last entry in the list is the one that it wants to use.
However, TLS specification requires the list to be in the client
preference order. As a workaround, ass anon-DH AES-128-SHA1 again at the
end of the list to allow the Cisco code to find it.

This fixed EAP-FAST provisioning with the following IOS version:
Cisco IOS Software, C350 Software (C350-K9W7-M), Version 12.3(8)JEA3,
RELEASE SOFTWARE (fc2)
Compiled Wed 21-Nov-07 14:08 by ccai
2009-03-08 12:04:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a14bda9d9d driver_ndis: Detect Native 802.11 drivers (NDIS 6, Vista)
This is just there very first step on being able to do something with
wireless LAN on Vista. There is some example code for requesting a scan,
but it does not work in its current form. Anyway, this adds a wpa_printf
noting that Native 802.11 drivers are not yet supported.
2009-03-07 23:53:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c472ef754d driver_ndis: Add PAE group address to the multicast address
This is done with wired interfaces to fix IEEE 802.1X authentication
when the authenticator uses the group address (which should be happening
with wired Ethernet authentication).

This allows wpa_supplicant to complete wired authentication successfully
on Vista with a NDIS 6 driver, but the change is likely needed for
Windows XP, too.
2009-03-07 23:10:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4ef1e644eb Determiner whether driver is wired at runtime based on capabilities
Do not use just the driver name for this since driver_ndis.c supports
both wired and wireless NDIS drivers and needs to indicate the driver
type after initialization.
2009-03-07 22:05:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ed843aaa33 WMM-AC: Fix hostapd processing of ADDTS Request and add test code
Calculate the estimated medium time using integer variables since there
is no real need to use floating point arithmetics here. In addition,
make sure there is no division by zero regardless of how invalid the
request from the station is. Reject invalid parameters and refuse
requests that would take most of the bandwidth by themselves.

Add test code into wpa_supplicant mlme.c to allow WMM-AC negotiation to
be tested with driver_test.
2009-03-06 20:15:00 +02:00
Masashi Honma
e1ee6b600b WPS: Add support for NFC out-of-band mechanism
The new file wps_nfc.c and ndef.c implements NFC device independent
operation, wps_nfc_pn531.c implements NFC device dependent operation.

This patch is only for the following use case:
- Enrollee = wpa_supplicant
- Registrar = hostapd internal Registrar

Following NFC methods can be used:
- Enrollee PIN with NFC
- Registrar PIN with NFC
- unencrypted credential with NFC

Encrypted credentials are not supported.

Enrollee side operation:

Registrar side operation:

Example configuration.
CONFIG_WPS=y
CONFIG_WPS_NFC=y
CONFIG_WPS_NFC_PN531=y

I used NFC device "NXP PN531". The NFC device access method is
confidential, so I used outer library. Please download below files from
https://www.saice-wpsnfc.bz/index.php

[WPS NFC Library]
WpsNfcLibrary/WpsNfc.h
WpsNfcLibrary/WpsNfcType.h
WpsNfcLibrary/WpsNfcVersion.h
WpsNfcLibrary/linux/libnfc_mapping_pn53x.dll
WpsNfcLibrary/linux/wpsnfc.dll

[NFC Reader/Writer Kernel Driver]
NFCKernelDriver-1.0.3/linux/kobj/sonyrw.ko

<WiFi test>
The hostapd/wpa_supplicant with this patch passed below tests on
"Wi-Fi WPS Test Plan Version 1.6".
4.2.5 Add device using NFC Method with password token
(I used SONY STA instead of NXP STA.)

4.2.6 Add device using NFC Method with configuration token

5.1.9 Add to AP using NFC Method with password token
through internal registrar
(I used SONY AP instead of NXP AP.)

5.1.10 Add to AP using NFC Method with configuration token
through internal registrar
2009-03-06 16:16:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3ae0800c5f WMM cleanup (WME -> WMM rename, comments, etc.)
This updates the terminogy to match with the final WMM specification. In
addition, some of the WMM TSPEC structure fields were in incorrect order
and used without byte order swapping. Those are also taken care of this
cleanup patch.
2009-03-04 12:33:24 +02:00
Sam Leffler
daa70d49de Add support for wpa_supplicant syslog output
Enable for build: CFLAGS += -DCONFIG_DEBUG_SYSLOG in .config
Enable at runtime: -s on command line
2009-03-02 21:40:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
af12135524 Fix hostapd build with RADIUS support removed 2009-03-02 21:25:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1fd4b0db7c Fix EAPOL/EAP reauthentication with external RADIUS server
The EAP server state machine will need to have special code in
getDecision() to avoid starting passthrough operations before having
completed Identity round in the beginning of reauthentication. This was
broken when moving into using the full authenticator state machine from
RFC 4137 in 0.6.x.
2009-03-02 19:06:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
049a292f89 Fix builds that need SHA256 or mod_exp, but not TLS functions 2009-02-27 17:46:40 +02:00
Masashi Honma
d7e9a48f66 Fix Enrollee WPS state attribute in AP
Only non-AP Enrollee should hard code the state to be not configured.
2009-02-27 17:01:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
358b98668e Update EAP-GPSK references from internet draft to RFC 5433 2009-02-26 23:08:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
116f7bb0a3 WPS UFD: Build OOB functionality only if UFD is enabled 2009-02-26 22:10:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d5e2b2d274 WPS UFD: Use pre-configured DH keys only with OOB
The old behavior of generating new DH keys can be maintained for non-OOB
cases and only OOB (in this case, with UFD) will use the pre-configured
DH keys to allow the public key hash to be checked.
2009-02-26 22:09:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7cbf51bbd8 WPS UFD: Remove oob_dev pointer from wps_context
This pointer and the especially the oob_dev->device_path does not remain
valid, so better not save it any longer than it is needed.
2009-02-26 22:07:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1b39bad109 WPS UFD: Handle scandir() error and no matches results differently
Better make sure there are no memory leaks in case of 0 entries
found. In addition, the error string may be of use in the error case.
2009-02-26 22:06:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e7f3c1f436 WPS UFD: Define macros for the UFD directory templates
This allows the UNIX vs. DOS path separators to be handled in the build.
2009-02-26 22:05:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
70e070461d WPS UFD: Use private data structure for oob_device_data
This gets rid of global variable use and may be needed to allow
concurrent access in some case if the interface is extended.
2009-02-26 22:04:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
390cd3105d WPS UFD: Make build conditional on CONFIG_WPS_UFD=y
Not all embedded devices have USB interface and it is useful to be able
to remove unneeded functionality from the binary. In addition, the
current implementation has some UNIX specific calls in it which may make
it not compile cleanly on all target systems.
2009-02-26 22:01:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a79e73a1b1 WPS UFD: Use mkdir() instead of system("mkdir ..") 2009-02-26 22:00:29 +02:00
Masashi Honma
46bdb83acd WPS: Add UFD support (USBA out-of-band mechanism)
This patch is only for the following use case:
- Enrollee = wpa_supplicant
- Registrar = hostapd internal Registrar

Following UFD methods can be used:
- Enrollee PIN with UFD
- Registrar PIN with UFD
- unencrypted credential with UFD

Encrypted credentials are not supported.

Enrollee side operation:
wpa_cli -i ath0 wps_oob <device type> <mount point> <oob method>
    oob method = pin-e/pin-r/cred

wpa_cli -i ath0 wps_oob ufd /mnt/ pin-r

Registrar side operation:
./hostapd_cli -i ath0 wps_oob <device type> <mount point> <oob method>
    oob method = pin-e/pin-r/cred

hostapd_cli -i ath0 wps_oob ufd /mnt/ cred
2009-02-26 21:57:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b414900a90 Reduce latency on starting WPS negotiation (TX EAPOL-Start earlier)
Reduce startWhen from 3 to 1 second if WPS is included in the build.
While this is done regardless of runtime WPS configuration, it is fine
to use a smaller value here in general. This cuts two seconds out from
WPS negotiation if the driver does not support addition of WPS IE into
the (Re)Association Request frame.
2009-02-23 20:59:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a20088e576 Allow SHA256-based key handshake to be used without 802.11r
Previously, both CONFIG_IEEE80211W=y and CONFIG_IEEE80211R=y were needed
to enable SHA256-based key handshake (WPA-PSK-SHA256 and
WPA-EAP-SHA256). This can now be done with just CONFIG_IEEE80211W=y.
2009-02-19 19:49:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7c2849d2a0 Add BSS flags to scan results to indicate signal quality validity
These flags are used to mark which values (level, noise, qual) are
invalid (not available from the driver) and whether level is using dBm.
D-Bus interface will now only report the values that were available.
2009-02-18 13:40:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d173df5232 nl80211: Use per-scan request WPS IE
Replace the global set probe request IEs mechanism with a new nl80211
option for specifying vendor IEs for each scan request.
2009-02-18 12:49:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
878ad127ba Sync nl80211_copy.h with wireless-testing linux/nl80211.h 2009-02-18 11:28:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f2d8fc3d96 Do not try session resumption after EAP failure
If session resumption fails for any reason, do not try it again because
that is just likely to fail. Instead, drop back to using full
authentication which may work. This is a workaround for servers that do
not like session resumption, but do not know how to fall back to full
authentication properly.
2009-02-15 17:36:49 +02:00
Daniel Mierswa
d94d4bafbb Improved 'make install' (use BINDIR/LIBDIR, install shared objects) 2009-02-15 14:22:50 +02:00
Daniel Mierswa
6301cc5d38 Allow the privsep driver to pass the set_country to the real driver 2009-02-15 14:13:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2cfcd014f4 Check EAP-AKA' AT_KDF duplication only if KDF was negotiated
This fixes an issue where two AKA'/Challenge messages are received when
resynchronizing SEQ#. Previously, this used to trigger an authentication
failure since the second Challenge message did not duplicate AT_KDF.
2009-02-15 10:28:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3fe430b5d5 Add debug prints for couple of new EAP-AKA' attributes 2009-02-15 10:28:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ba2a573c5f Rename "broadcast SSID" to "wildcard SSID"
"Wildcard SSID" is the term used in IEEE Std 802.11-2007, so it is a
better name for the zero-length SSID used in Probe Request.
2009-02-14 22:21:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6a1063e008 driver_nl80211: Add support for multi-SSID scan requests 2009-02-14 21:17:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f55b218a5c driver_test: Implement scan2() handler
This does not actually send out separate scan requests for each SSID,
but the debug output can be used to test scan2() functionality with
multiple SSIDs.
2009-02-14 17:11:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fc2b7ed5f3 Add extended driver scan request command: driver_ops::scan2()
This can be used to provide support for scanning multiple SSIDs at a
time to optimize scan_ssid=1 operations. In addition, Probe Request IEs
will be available to scan2() (e.g., for WPS PBC scanning).
2009-02-14 17:01:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
362f781e1c Allow multiple driver wrappers to be specified on command line
For example, -Dnl80211,wext could be used to automatically select
between nl80211 and wext. The first driver wrapper that is able to
initialize the interface will be used.
2009-02-14 16:43:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7d315b7b42 nl80211: Remove one second sleep after iface up
This workaround was needed with some drivers that used WEXT, but there
is no known nl80211-enabled driver that would need this, so lets get rid
of the extra delay.
2009-02-12 22:05:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
80bc75f135 New driver capability info: max number of scan SSIDs
The driver wrappers can now inform wpa_supplicant how many SSIDs can
be used in a single scan request (i.e., send multiple Probe Requests
per channel). This value is not yet used, but it can eventually be used
to allow a new scan command to specify multiple SSIDs to speed up
scan_ssid=1 operations. In addition, a warning could be printed if
scan_ssid=1 is used with a driver that does not support it
(max_scan_ssids=0).
2009-02-12 22:05:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
97865538ba nl80211: Replace WEXT scan event with nl80211
Use the new nl80211 scan event mechanism instead of the WEXT event.
This completes the move from WEXT scanning into nl80211 scanning.
2009-02-12 20:19:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b3db1e1cd3 nl80211: Replace SIOCGIWSCAN with NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN
This replaces the WEXT mechanism for fetching scan results with the new
nl80211 mechanism.
2009-02-12 20:19:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0e75527f7e nl80211: Replace SIOCSIWSCAN with NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
This is the first step in replacing WEXT-based scan with the new
nl80211-based mechanism.
2009-02-12 20:19:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b938903e41 Sync nl80211.h with the current wireless-testing version 2009-02-12 14:46:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
265ca78917 Add another Milenage test set that is suitable for EAP-AKA'
The Test Set 19 from TS 35.208 has an AMF with the separation bit set
and as such, it is suitable for EAP-AKA' testing.
2009-02-11 17:29:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
35f30422ec EAP-AKA': Verify that AMF separation bit is set 2009-02-11 17:28:42 +02:00
Helmut Schaa
e1b525c356 Use signal quality if level is not available for comparing max rates
Some drivers (for example ipw2100) do not report signal level but only
signal quality. wpa_supplicant already uses the signal quality if no
level is reported and all other comparision parameters are equal to sort
the scan results. However, if two APs have different max rates and the
signal level does not differ much wpa_supplicant chooses the AP with the
higher max rate.

In case of ipw2100 no signal level is reported and thus wpa_supplicant
always takes the AP with higher max rate even if its signal quality is
really low. For example if AP1 (max rate 11Mb/s, 80% signal quality) and
AP2 (max rate 54 Mb/s, 20% signal quality) are found by a scan
wpa_supplicant would choose AP2.

Hence, if no signal level is reported depend on the signal quality if
max rate should be compared. A quality difference of 10% is considered
acceptable in favor of the higher max rate.

Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
2009-02-10 13:47:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4853d5ac84 wext: Force disconnect on deauthenticate()
Use the same zero-BSSID, random-SSID trick for both disassociate() and
deauthenticate().
2009-02-10 11:43:40 +02:00
Dan Williams
b965fa7294 wext: really disassociate (set random SSID)
Really disassociate when tearing stuff down; drivers may sometimes
(legally) keep trying to reassociate unless the BSSID is unlocked.  If
the SSID is unlocked too, under WEXT drivers are able to pick an SSID to
associate, so kill that behavior by setting a bogus SSID.  Unfortunately
WEXT doesn't provide an easy method to say "stop whatever doing and just
idle".

Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
2009-02-10 11:40:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
edd757e8a3 Use larger buffer for TLS encryption to avoid issues with GnuTLS
It looks like GnuTLS (at least newer versions) is using random padding
on the application data and the previously used 100 byte extra buffer
for tls_connection_encrypt() calls was not enough to handle all cases.
This resulted in semi-random authentication failures with EAP-PEAP and
EAP-TTLS during Phase 2.

Increase the extra space for encryption from 100 to 300 bytes and add an
error message into tls_gnutls.c to make it easier to notice this issue
should it ever show up again even with the larger buffer.
2009-02-09 22:37:55 +02:00
Masashi Honma
363a9e2434 WPS: Set correct Selected Registrar Config Methods attribute
I tried PBC with the hostapd registrar.
I pushed the button with "hostap_cli WPS_PBC".
But hostapd registrar always sends Selected Registrar Config Methods
attribute=0x0000 in beacon/probe response.
2009-02-09 19:50:52 +02:00
Alan T. DeKok
02a89365ab Create os_daemon for OS X, as it's now deprecated (Leopard)
Using it results in an error at build time.  So we replace it.
2009-02-08 13:40:34 +02:00
Jeremy C. Reed
898d6921b4 Allow driver_bsd.c to be built for NetBSD 2009-02-08 13:28:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a3bfd14de1 Use os_strlcpy instead of os_strncpy when copying ifname
In theory, the ifname could be IFNAMSIZ characters long and there would
not be room for null termination.
2009-02-08 13:26:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7818ad2c8f Avoid memory leak on error path in crypto_cipher_init() 2009-02-07 12:07:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
23a139246d Add crypto_cipher_{init,encrypt,decrypt,deinit} for GnuTLS 2009-02-07 12:04:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
96c7c3072d Fix privsep build with CONFIG_CLIENT_MLME=y
Add wpa_supplicant_sta_free_hw_features() and wpa_supplicant_sta_rx()
for driver wrappers in wpa_priv.
2009-02-07 10:30:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
745cb54e86 Removed printf size_t format warning on 64-bit 2009-02-07 10:16:11 +02:00
Pavel Roskin
4c2660c2b0 Fix building dynamic EAP peer modules
Strip directory name from the target in the pattern rule for dynamic
modules.  Remove dynamic modules on "make clean".
2009-02-07 10:05:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d0184cb25c UPnP: Renamed PutWLANResponse callback function to match action
No point in adding extra "event_" to the name.
2009-02-06 21:44:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
915c1ba3c5 WPS UPnP: Added support for multiple external Registrars
Allow more than one pending PutWLANMessage data to be stored (M2/M2D
from multiple external Registrars) and drop pending M2/M2D messages when
the Enrollee replies with M3.
2009-02-06 21:39:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
745f8b664d WPS UPnP: Add IP address and port details into debug messages
This makes it much easier to debug operations with multiple external
Registrars.
2009-02-06 19:04:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b93b6004e4 WPS: Allow minor version differences in Version attribute check
Version attribute processing details are not described in the WPS spec,
but it is safer to allow minor version to change and only refuse to
process the message if major version is different from ours. This
matches with the behavior used in the Intel reference implementation.
2009-02-06 14:19:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f65cbff3a3 WPS: Moved Version attribute validation into a shared function 2009-02-06 14:15:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fda90ab4b7 UPnP: Removed shadowed variable 2009-02-06 14:05:17 +02:00
Andriy Tkachuk
25e31cccbe WPS: Set correct Device Password ID in M2
It looks like we don't set correspondent Device Password ID attribute in
M2 message during PBC registration. Without it TG185n STA was not able
to connect to our AP in PBC mode. Attached patch fixes this.
2009-02-06 14:03:34 +02:00
Masashi Honma
1e2688be3e Setting probe request ie with madwifi driver
The madwifi driver has interface to set probe request ie.
Attached patch will enable the functionality.
I could see probe request includes WSC IE with this patch.
2009-02-05 19:19:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3a19555445 Add crypto_mod_exp() for GnuTLS (libgcrypt)
This allows WPS to be linked with GnuTLS.
2009-02-05 18:57:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5f1f352e6c Cleaned up printf format warnings on 64-bit build 2009-02-05 18:18:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
42f1ee7d1f Fixed scan buffer increasing with WEXT
We can now handle up to 65535 byte result buffer which is the maximum
due to WEXT using 16-bit length field. Previously, this was limited to
32768 bytes in practice even through we tried with 65536 and 131072
buffers which we just truncated into 0 in the 16-bit variable.

This more or less doubles the number of BSSes we can received from scan
results.
2009-02-05 12:00:23 +02:00
Jouke Witteveen
94abc2f11b Better support in RoboSwitch driver
I am terribly sorry, but because of a lack of testing equipment the
patch was submitted not properly tested.
Because the chipset documentation is not publicly available all
behaviour has to be found out by experimentation. The other day, I
made some incorrect assumptions based on my findings.

I do believe the attached patch does support the whole RoboSwitch line
(5325, 5350, 5352, 5365 and others). It is a drop-in substitution for
my previous submission.
2009-02-04 22:05:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e80e5163f8 UPnP: Minor coding style cleanup 2009-02-03 13:25:49 +02:00
Jouke Witteveen
c0a0c97aa9 Better support in RoboSwitch driver
The RoboSwitch driver of wpa_supplicant had one shortcoming: not
supporting the 5365 series. I believe the patch attached fixes this
problem.

Furthermore it contains a small readability rewrite. It basically is an
explicit loop-rollout so that the wpa_driver_roboswitch_leave style
matches that of wpa_driver_roboswitch_join.
2009-02-03 13:13:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6e488ff03c Remove orphaned wpa_cli control socket on EADDRINUSE
If the bind() on /tmp/wpa_ctrl_<pid>_<in-proc-counter> fails with
EADDRINUSE, there is an existing socket file with the name we are trying
to create. Since getpid() is unique, there cannot be another process
using that socket and we can just unlink the file and try again. This
can speed up client connection if wpa_cli is killed without allowing it
to clean up the socket file. [Bug 288]
2009-01-31 22:22:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1c5aeef0c2 Add comments on the new Broadcom driver not using driver_broadcom.c
The newer Broadcom driver ("hybrid Linux driver") supports Linux
wireless extensions and does not need (or even work) with the old
driver wrapper.
2009-01-30 21:34:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f620268f13 WPS: Add support for external Registrars using UPnP transport
This adds mostly feature complete external Registrar support with the
main missing part being proper support for multiple external Registrars
working at the same time and processing of concurrent registrations when
using an external Registrar.

This code is based on Sony/Saice implementation
(https://www.saice-wpsnfc.bz/) and the changes made by Ted Merrill
(Atheros) to make it more suitable for hostapd design and embedded
systems. Some of the UPnP code is based on Intel's libupnp. Copyrights
and licensing are explained in src/wps/wps_upnp.c in more detail.
2009-01-29 18:47:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
39034ce80f Fixed WPS Authenticator attribute processing after M2D
We must not replace M1 with M2D as the last_msg since we need M1 to
validate a possible M2 after M2D. Since M2D and ACK/NACK replies do not
include Authenticator attribute, we can just ignore M2D as far as
updating last_msg is concerned.
2009-01-28 11:59:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1a5a04c3de WPS: Add a workaround for incorrect passphrase encoding in Network Key
External Registrar in Vista may include NULL termination in the Network
Key when encoding an ASCII passphrase for WPA/WPA2-PSK. As a workaround,
remove this extra octet if present.
2009-01-24 12:50:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3b2cf800af WPS: Lock AP Setup on multiple AP PIN validation failures
If a Registrar tries to configure the AP, but fails to validate the
device password (AP PIN), lock the AP setup after four failures. This
protects the AP PIN against brute force guessing attacks.
2009-01-23 21:57:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4c29cae932 Added ap_settings option for overriding WPS AP Settings in M7
This optional configuration parameter can be used to override AP
Settings attributes in M7 similarly to extra_cred option for Credential
attribute(s) in M8.
2009-01-23 21:08:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b385188de3 Add an EAPOL payload length workaround for a WPS implementation
Buffalo WHR-G125 Ver.1.47 seems to send EAP-WPS packets with too short
EAPOL header length field (14 octets regardless of EAP frame length).
This is fixed in firmware Ver.1.49, but the broken version is included
in many deployed APs. As a workaround, fix the EAPOL header based on the
correct length in the EAP packet. This workaround can be disabled with
eap_workaround=0 option in the network configuration.
2009-01-23 18:01:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a609915233 Allow WPS APs for PIN enrollment even without Selected Registrar
Some WPS APs do not set Selected Registrar attribute to 1 properly when
using an external Registrar. Allow such an AP to be selected for PIN
registration after couple of scan runs that do not find APs marked with
Selected Registrar = 1. This allows wpa_supplicant to iterate through
all APs that advertise WPS support without delaying connection with
implementations that set Selected Registrar = 1 properly.
2009-01-23 13:10:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b3ddab2122 WPS: Pad DH Public Key and Shared Key to 192 octets
WPS spec is not very specific on the presentation used for the DH
values. The Public Key attribute is described to be 192 octets long, so
that could be interpreted to imply that other places use fixed length
presentation for the DH keys. Change the DH derivation to use fixed
length bufferd by zero padding them from beginning if needed. This can
resolve infrequent (about 1/256 chance for both Public Key and Shared
Key being shorter) interop issues.
2009-01-22 19:32:58 +02:00
Masashi Honma
96fa129da9 Use WPS state Not Configured instead of Configured in Enrollee
This is needed to allow external Registrar (at least the implementation
in Windows Vista) to configure the Enrollee.

With this patch and my previous patch (for wps.c) , I could pass "Wi-Fi
WPS Test Plan Version 1.0 [5.1.4. Add to AP using PIN Config method and
PASS PHRASE through wired external registrar]".
2009-01-22 15:18:03 +02:00
Masashi Honma
e29bcf9eab WPS: Check Device Password ID attribute only if present in AP search
I can't pass the "Wi-Fi WPS Test Plan Version 1.0 [5.1.4. Add to AP
using PIN Config method and PASS PHRASE through wired external
registrar]". The wpa_supplicant-0.6.7 can't recoginize the testbed
AP(BCM94704AGRRev-E.2.4) as WPS PIN AP. Because after PIN entered, the
AP sends Selected Registrar attribute=0 and not send Device Password ID
attribute.

The proposed change as-is removed validation of Selected Registrar
attribute completely. However, that part is not included in this commit
since it can cause problems for environments with multiple WPS-enabled
APs. Another workaround for this will be considered in wpa_supplicant
scanning process (e.g., start trying to use WPS with APs that do not set
Selected Registrar to TRUE after couple of scan runs that do not find
any APs with Selected Registrar TRUE).
2009-01-22 15:12:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
aabe26a136 WPS: Added option to disable AP auto-config on first registration
This operation can now be moved into an external program by configuring
hostapd with wps_cred_processing=1 and skip_cred_build=1. A new
ctrl_iface message (WPS-REG-SUCCESS <Enrollee MAC addr> <UUID-E>) will
be used to notify external programs of each successful registration and
that can be used as a tricker to move from unconfigured to configured
state.
2009-01-21 13:48:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
05bf32cc87 Changed Credential MAC Address to be BSSID in AP/Registrar
WPS spec is not very clear on which MAC address is used here, but BSSID
makes more sense than Enrollee MAC address.
2009-01-20 21:28:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
790ccdb2b3 Changed the version to 0.7.0 since development branch is now 0.7.x 2009-01-20 21:16:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3a4606585c Implement set_probe_req_ie() for nl80211 drivers 2009-01-20 14:06:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b0e8a05a1e Sync nl80211_copy.h with wireless-testing.git linux/nl80211.h 2009-01-20 13:56:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
adddffd129 Fixed MFP Association Comeback mechanism to use Timeout Interval IE
The separate Association Comeback Time IE was removed from IEEE 802.11w
and the Timeout Interval IE (from IEEE 802.11r) is used instead. The
editing on this is still somewhat incomplete in IEEE 802.11w/D7.0, but
still, the use of Timeout Interval IE is the expected mechanism.
2009-01-19 18:42:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
eca6e0a9a5 WPS: Provide the unparsed Credential attribute to cred_cb()
This makes it easier to pass the credential data to external programs
(e.g., Network Manager) for processing. The actual use of this data is
not yet included in hostapd/wpa_supplicant.
2009-01-17 22:17:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
655e466600 Changed the Network Index value to 1 since that is the default value 2009-01-17 21:14:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0f057fb2c7 Added a separate ctx pointer for wpa_msg() calls in WPA supp
This is needed to allow IBSS RSN to use per-peer context while
maintaining support for wpa_msg() calls to get *wpa_s as the pointer.
2009-01-17 17:54:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0d1286e411 Added support for IBSS scanning into driver_test 2009-01-17 16:44:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6fa68a0ee5 Added an option to add (or override) Credential attribute(s) in M8 2009-01-16 22:50:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
11ef8d3578 Added initial step for IBSS RSN support
This commit adds a new build option, CONFIG_IBSS_RSN=y, that can be used
to enable RSN support for IBSS. This links in RSN Authenticator code
from hostapd and adds code for managing per-peer information for IBSS. A
new wpa_cli command or driver event can be used to request RSN
authentication with an IBSS peer. New RSN Authenticator and Supplicant
will be allocated for each peer.

The basic state machine setup code is included in this commit, but the
state machines are not properly started yet. In addition, some of the
callback functions are not yet complete.
2009-01-15 01:21:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
13268290b6 Moved rsn_pmkid() into shared code to avoid duplication 2009-01-14 21:31:47 +02:00
Dan Williams
8f33641c94 driver_wext: Add IW_ENCODE_TEMP into SIOCSIWENCODE{,EXT} calls
This is needed for airo driver to work correctly and no other driver
seems to care, so the change is safe to make. This has been in number of
distro releases for a long time and no issues have been reported.
2009-01-13 20:42:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
540264a721 Removed wpa_sm dereference from pmksa_cache_list() 2009-01-13 20:22:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f5a51b58d4 Moved proto == RSN validation from pmksa_cache.c into the caller 2009-01-13 20:15:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
010dc06853 Moved RADIUS Class attribute helpers into RADIUS module 2009-01-13 20:01:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0b8695bb2b Renamed shadowed variable 2009-01-13 19:31:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
03ba2cb4c6 Added CONFIG_NO_AES_EXTRAS for hostapd
This allows unneeded AES routines to be removed from the build to reduce
binary size.
2009-01-12 15:15:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3904625396 Silenced some sparse warnings 2009-01-11 10:42:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
76e2592190 Share the same radiotap helper implementation 2009-01-09 15:22:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f88bd28836 Added support for removing RADIUS accounting and RADIUS in general
CONFIG_NO_ACCOUNTING=y and CONFIG_NO_RADIUS=y build options can now be
used to remove RADIUS support from the hostapd build.
2009-01-08 19:15:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7d02e64157 Mark shared secret const in RADIUS client routines 2009-01-08 16:41:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1c6e69ccda Moved documentation from developer.txt into source code files
Use Doxygen comments for functions to replace the old text file that was
not up-to-date anymore.
2009-01-08 16:33:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6f78f2fb3b Preparations for 0.6.7 release 2009-01-06 20:11:15 +02:00
Ihar Hrachyshka
7ee6258f7c Fix wpa_supplicant build for uClinux
The code contains a bogus #ifdef for uClinux building. [Bug 286]
2009-01-05 20:32:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b39d1280a7 Silenced number of Doxygen warnings 2009-01-04 15:07:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
08c0f0670a Completed Doxygen documentation for functions declared in wps/wps.h 2009-01-04 13:43:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2eba45c8de Added endianness annotation for sparse 2009-01-03 21:00:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5306f43fc3 Fixed sparse warnings about integer vs. pointer use
The configuration parsing functions seemed to have worked fine before,
but these were real bugs even if they did not show up in practice.
hostapd_ip_diff() was broken for IPv6 addresses (overwrote address and
always returned 1.
2009-01-03 20:46:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7e5ba1b916 Mark functions static if not used elsewhere and use proper prototypes 2009-01-03 20:38:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
26d1dc96e9 Include the header file to validate function prototype. 2009-01-03 20:21:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c5adf528a2 Moved WPS Registrar initialization from EAP peer to wps_supplicant.c
This matches the style used in hostapd, i.e., Registrar is initialized
only once and callbacks are now processed in wps_supplicant.c.
2009-01-03 20:18:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
41c00105f2 Removed registrar pointer from wps_config and wps_data
wps_context::registrar can be used as the only location for this
pointer.
2009-01-03 20:09:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5a8c6d3353 Removed duplicated authenticator yes/no from wps_config and wps_data
wps_context::ap is available for this purpose and there is no need to
change between AP and not AP between protocol runs.
2009-01-03 19:57:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ae2633af63 Removed unused WPS_PENDING processing result 2009-01-03 19:52:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f90c86d4a3 Added Doxygen documentation for WPS code 2009-01-03 19:50:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a17df5fb8b Fixed number of doxygen warnings 2009-01-02 22:28:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dd42f95f71 Move addr_un definitions to avoid using out-of-scope buffer 2009-01-02 21:53:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
79da74a20c WPS: Generate UUID based on MAC address, if not set
Generate a SHA1 hash -based UUID from the local MAC address if the UUID
was not configured. This makes it easier to prepare for WPS since there
is no need to generate an UUID.
2009-01-01 22:56:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
84f5b41fc1 WPS: Cleanup UUID and MAC address configuration
No need to configure these separately for each Enrollee in wps_config
since wps_context is now used both for Registrar and Enrollee.
2009-01-01 22:56:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e834272f73 Include pending MFP defines in nl80211_copy.h
This can be used to get rid of the extra cpp define since we have our
local copy of wireless.h and nl80211.h.
2008-12-31 18:10:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c2fef14520 Sync nl80211.h copy with the current kernel version 2008-12-31 18:00:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ac43f1fa39 Renamed nl80211 HT channel parameters to match with kernel 2008-12-31 17:59:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c3469d1534 MFP: Fix SA Query Action Category
IEEE 802.11w/D7.0 incorrectly changed the Action Category from 8 to 7
when renaming Ping to SA Query. Category 7 is reserved for HT (IEEE
802.11n) and IEEE 802.11w will need to continue to use the category 8
that was allocated for it.
2008-12-31 17:52:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3f732d1fc3 Fix TLS message processing if Flags field is not present
Previous version assumed that the Flags field is always present and
ended up reading one octet past the end of the buffer should the Flags
field be missing. The message length would also be set incorrectly
(size_t)-1 or (size_t)-5, but it looks like reassembly code ended up
failing in malloc before actually using this huge length to read data.

RFC 2716 uses a somewhat unclear description on what exactly is included
in the TLS Ack message ("no data" can refer to either Data field in 4.1
or TLS Data field in 4.2), so in theory, it would be possible for some
implementations to not include Flags field. However,
EAP-{PEAP,TTLS,FAST} need the Flags field in Ack messages, too, for
indicating the used version.

The EAP peer code will now accept the no-Flags case as an Ack message if
EAP workarounds are enabled (which is the default behavior). If
workarounds are disabled, the message without Flags field will be
rejected.

[Bug 292]
2008-12-30 12:28:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
98de443890 WPS: Set recommended retransmission times with EAP method specific hint 2008-12-29 18:50:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8e09c6d253 Fixed retransmission of EAP requests if no response is received
It looks like this never survived the move from IEEE 802.1X-2001 to
IEEE 802.1X-2004 and EAP state machine (RFC 4137). The retransmission
scheduling and control is now in EAP authenticator and the
calculateTimeout() producedure is used to determine timeout for
retransmission (either dynamic backoff or value from EAP method hint).

The recommended calculations based on SRTT and RTTVAR (RFC 2988) are not
yet implemented since there is no round-trip time measurement available
yet.

This should make EAP authentication much more robust in environments
where initial packets are lost for any reason. If the EAP method does
not provide a hint on timeout, default schedule of 3, 6, 12, 20, 20, 20,
... seconds will be used.
2008-12-29 18:10:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
65d50f0ac6 Add RADIUS server support for identity selection hint (RFC 4284)
Previously, only the delivery option 1 from RFC 4284
(EAP-Request/Identity from the AP) was supported. Now option 3
(subsequent EAP-Request/Identity from RADIUS server) can also be used
when hostapd is used as a RADIUS server. The eap_user file will need to
have a Phase 1 user entry pointing to Identity method in order for this
to happen (e.g., "* Identity" in the end of the file). The identity hint
is configured in the same was as for AP/Authenticator case (eap_message
in hostapd.conf).
2008-12-26 20:22:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ff89afb77b Add Key Length field into IGTK sub-element (FTIE) per 802.11w/D7.0 2008-12-26 12:49:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
93b76319f1 Renamed Ping procedure into SA Query procedure per 802.11w/D7.0
This commit changes just the name and Action category per D7.0. The
retransmit/timeout processing in the AP is not yet updated with the
changes in D7.0.
2008-12-26 11:46:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9a9876bf9c Fixed the MFP Status/Reason Code values per 802.11w/D7.0 2008-12-26 11:29:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
34cbe7d0b0 WPS: As a workaround, pad zero-length device attributes
Some deployed WPS implementations fail to parse zero-length attributes.
As a workaround, send a null character if the device attribute string is
empty. This allows default values (empty strings) to be used without
interop issues.
2008-12-25 21:19:46 +02:00
Andriy Tkachuk
febc0551c5 WPS: Do not use Selected Registrar Config Methods from scan results
Before this change, it looked like an AP that was using wsccmd did not
get activated since wsccmd left the Selected Registrar Config Methods
attribute to be zero. Since Device Password ID can be used to
distinguish PBC from any other method, use only it to figure out whether
PBC or PIN method is active.
2008-12-25 20:33:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
af7837feff Added get_interfaces() handler to list all NDIS adapters 2008-12-24 21:31:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4b4a8ae547 Added a mechanism for quering driver wrappers for available interfaces
The new INTERFACE_LIST global control interface command can be used to
request a list of all available network interfaces that could be used
with the enabled driver wrappers. This could be used to enable
interfaces automatically by external programs (e.g., wpa_gui).
2008-12-24 20:25:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3cf85239bd Mark local functions static. 2008-12-22 22:27:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ac305589a3 Added support for global driver data (shared by multiple interfaces)
Driver wrappers can now register global_init() and global_deinit()
driver_ops handlers to get a global data structure that can be shared
for all interfaces. This allows driver wrappers to initialize some
functionality (e.g., interface monitoring) before any interfaces have
been initialized.
2008-12-22 22:24:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d6e0ce9ac8 Use wildcard UUID when setting AP PIN for Registrar in wpa_supplicant 2008-12-21 17:37:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
723763cba0 Fixed NDIS AuthMode configuration for WPS connection 2008-12-21 17:27:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a2b3a34bab IANA allocated EAP method type 51 to EAP-GPSK 2008-12-20 12:39:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ad5302a1ca WPS: Added event callback for successfully completed registration 2008-12-19 22:34:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
469fc3a41f WPS: Added callback for failure-after-M2/M2D
This callback is now used to stop wpa_supplicant from trying to continue
using parameters (most likely, device password) that do not work in a
loop. In addition, wpa_gui can now notify user of failed registration.
2008-12-19 22:19:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4b68290e77 WPS: Added event callback and M2D notification
The event callback will be used for various event messages and the M2D
notification is the first such message. It is used to notify wpa_gui
about Registrar not yet knowing the device password (PIN).
2008-12-18 21:58:42 +02:00
Andriy Tkachuk
f086742432 Fix CONFIG_WPS=y, CONFIG_TLS=internal build
crypto_mod_exp() is needed for both EAP-FAST and WPS.
2008-12-18 20:10:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f0477201bd WPS: Fixed deinit code for freeing config and registrar data
We need to be a bit more careful when removing the WPS configuration
block since wpa_s->current_ssid may still be pointing at it. In
addition, registrar pointer in wps_context will need to be cleared
since the context data is now maintained over multiple EAP-WSC runs.
Without this, certain WPS operations could have used freed memory.
2008-12-18 01:06:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a92c421d1a WPS: Improved error processing to use NACK correctly
Instead of sending out EAP-Failure on errors (on AP) or stopping (on
Supplicant), send a NACK message based on the allowed EAP state machine
transitions for EAP-WSC.
2008-12-16 22:37:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ac5953db66 Fixed EAP-AKA build in case EAP-AKA' is disabled 2008-12-16 18:57:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ff8a53a8d7 Use a fixed wps_msg prefix with WPS creds notification 2008-12-15 22:32:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a524f05eb3 WPS: Added control interface notification for available WPS APs
Whenever new scan results include WPS AP(s) and the client is not
associated, send a notification message to control interface monitors.
This makes it easier for GUIs to notify the user about possible WPS
availability without having to go through the scan results.
2008-12-15 20:09:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f4f2774a96 Fixed interoperability issue with PEAPv0 cryptobinding and NPS
Windows Server 2008 NPS gets very confused if the TLS Message Length is
not included in the Phase 1 messages even if fragmentation is not used.
If the TLS Message Length field is not included in ClientHello message,
NPS seems to decide to use the ClientHello data (excluding first six
octets, i.e., EAP header, type, Flags) as the OuterTLVs data in
Cryptobinding Compound_MAC calculation (per PEAPv2; not MS-PEAP)..

Lets add the TLS Message Length to PEAPv0 Phase 1 messages to get rid of
this issue. This seems to fix Cryptobinding issues with NPS and PEAPv0
is now using optional Cryptobinding by default (again) since there are
no known interop issues with it anymore.
2008-12-15 00:15:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
000a1de72b Cleaned up EAP-MSCHAPv2 key derivation
Changed peer to derive the full key (both MS-MPPE-Recv-Key and
MS-MPPE-Send-Key for total of 32 octets) to match with server
implementation.

Swapped the order of MPPE keys in MSK derivation since server
MS-MPPE-Recv-Key | MS-MPPE-Send-Key matches with the order specified for
EAP-TLS MSK derivation. This means that PEAPv0 cryptobinding is now
using EAP-MSCHAPv2 MSK as-is for ISK while EAP-FAST will need to swap
the order of the MPPE keys to get ISK in a way that interoperates with
Cisco EAP-FAST implementation.
2008-12-14 13:12:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
329a55b314 Ported driver_test to Windows (only UDP socket available) 2008-12-12 22:41:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e33bbd8f4d driver_test: Optional support for using UDP socket
driver_test can now be used either over UNIX domain socket or UDP
socket. This makes it possible to run the test over network and makes it
easier to port driver_test to Windows.

hostapd configuration: test_socket=UDP:<listen port>
wpa_supplicant configuration: driver_param=test_udp=<dst IP addr>:<port>
2008-12-12 21:35:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2ff0f83b9e Comment out dynamic CertEnumCertificatesInStore loading by default
This is now available in MinGW header files, so the loading code is
triggering conflicts.
2008-12-11 00:57:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9e72e1d356 Workaround number of compiler warnings with newer MinGW version 2008-12-11 00:56:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
702c349e5e Resolved number of signed/unsigned mismatches and ntddndis.h location 2008-12-11 00:55:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
47ce4bfc38 Rename MSG to MESG to avoid conflicts with Windows header files 2008-12-11 00:54:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3ee81d489a Don't include unused calls to SHA256 functions if EAP-AKA' is not enabled 2008-12-11 00:49:39 +02:00
Luis R. Rodriguez
6d1584905c wpa_supplicant: Add support for setting of a regulatory domain
This adds support for setting of a regulatory domain to wpa_supplicant
drivers. It also adds regulatory domain setting for the nl80211 driver.
We expect an ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 in the wpa configuration file as a
global.
2008-12-09 22:11:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7e45830ab7 nl80211: Include copy of linux/nl80211.h with hostapd/wpa_supplicant
This makes it easier to build the packages and allows all new features
to be built into the binary regardless of which kernel is currently
used.
2008-12-08 11:04:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9478eaef53 Added option to force SoH version 1 (tnc=soh1)
The default version with tnc=soh remains to be 2 which is the currently
recommended version in SoH specification.
2008-12-07 21:00:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a9d1364c5f Merged EAP-AKA' into eap_aka.c and added it to defconfig/ChangeLog 2008-12-07 19:24:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
01b0569437 Added protection against EAP-AKA' -> EAP-AKA bidding down attacks
AT_BIDDING attribute is included in EAP-AKA/Challenge to allow peer to
know whether the server would have preferred EAP-AKA'.
2008-12-05 22:25:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8de5048e26 Fixed a typo in a comment 2008-12-04 22:15:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a478ef0d12 EAP-AKA': Added CK',IK' derivation
This is based on a change request 3GPP TS 33.402 CR 0033 for version
8.1.1. The hardcoded ANID is now 'WLAN' since that is used in
3GPP TS 24.302.
2008-12-04 21:50:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a49c428a1b EAP-AKA': Comment out EAP-AKA' server KDF negotiation
Since only one KDF is currently supported, the negotiation is not
allowed and peer must be rejected if it tries to send KDF selection in a
Challenge message. The negotiation code is left in the file and just
commented out since it was tested to work and can be used in the future
if another KDF is added.
2008-12-04 20:32:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6ec4021c03 EAP-AKA': Added processing of AT_KDF and AT_KDF_INPUT attributes
Network Name is not yet generated and validated based on 3GPP.33.402
(i.e., a hardcoded string is used in server and anything is accepted in
peer).
2008-12-04 20:29:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b8ab624984 Fixed EAP-SIM and EAP-AKA AT_IDENTITY parsing (server only)
The attribute uses 'Actual Identity Length' field to indicate the exact
(pre-padding) length of the Identity. This actual length should be used
as the length, not the remaining attribute length.

This was previously worked around by stripping null termination away
from the end of the identity string at EAP-SIM and EAP-AKA server code.
However, it is likely that that workaround is not really needed and the
real problem was in AT_IDENTITY parsing. Anyway, the workaround is left
in just in case it was really needed with some implementations.
2008-12-04 18:51:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
15828ba820 Made 802.11 management frame IE parser aware of vendor HT Capab IE
This IE is not (at least yet) actually used for anything, but parsing it
cleans up verbose debug log a bit since thie previously unknown, but
commonly used, vendor IE was being reported as unknown.
2008-12-04 13:42:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
73d48dc4b4 EAP-AKA': Allow both AKA AKA' to be registed from eap_aka_prime.c
This allows the same source code file to be shared for both methods. For
now, this is only in eap_aka_prime.c, but eventually, changes in
eap_aka_prime.c are likely to be merged into eap_aka.c at which point
the separate eap_aka_prime.c can be removed.
2008-12-03 19:59:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9881795e2c EAP-AKA': Derive keys using the new KDF (PRF') 2008-12-03 19:22:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
806f869918 EAP-AKA': Use HMAC-SHA-256-128 for AT_MAC 2008-12-02 21:29:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f54e2c34bf EAP-AKA': Use SHA256 for AT_CHECKCODE 2008-12-02 21:05:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f09d19d46a Use a variable to store EAP method type for EAP-AKA vs. EAP-AKA'
This makes it easier to eventually replace EAP-AKA implementation with a
shared implementation that supports both EAP-AKA and EAP-AKA'.
2008-12-02 20:27:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8c37556cd1 Add a starting point for EAP-AKA' (draft-arkko-eap-aka-kdf-10)
This is just making an as-is copy of EAP-AKA server and peer
implementation into a new file and by using the different EAP method
type that is allocated for EAP-AKA' (50). None of the other differences
between EAP-AKA and EAP-AKA' are not yet included.

It is likely that once EAP-AKA' implementation is done and is found to
work correctly, large part of the EAP-AKA and EAP-AKA' code will be
shared. However, it is not reasonable to destabilize EAP-AKA
implementation at this point before it is clearer what the final
differences will be.
2008-12-02 20:12:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
08bec36178 WPS: Added support for wildcard PINs that work with any UUID-E
Since the Registrar may not yet know the UUID-E when a new PIN is
entered, use of a wildcard PIN that works with any UUID-E can be useful.
Such a PIN will be bound to the first Enrollee trying to use it and it
will be invalidated after the first use.
2008-11-30 20:32:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
79d7d8efe7 WPS: Added more verbose debug info on authentication type mismatch 2008-11-30 19:56:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
351f09a221 WPS: Added support for fragmented WPS IE in Beacon and Probe Response
Fragment WPS IE if needed to fit into the IE length limits in hostapd
and Reassemble WPS IE data from multiple IEs in wpa_supplicant.

In addition, moved WPS code from events.c into wps_supplicant.c to clean
up module interfaces.
2008-11-29 22:06:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
23f53f2a81 WPS: Get AP PIN from configuration instead of using hardcoded value 2008-11-29 21:07:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e05716d0b0 WPS: Added helper functions for generating and validating PINs 2008-11-29 14:02:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b01c18a8ef WPS: Set Request Type properly into WPS IE in ProbeReq/AssocReq 2008-11-29 13:38:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b8a8c299c8 WPS: Moved WPS IE building for ProbeReq/AssocReq into wps.c
These functions fit in better with the category of functions included in
wps.c. wps_common.c is now used for generic helper functions (currently,
only crypto code).
2008-11-29 13:21:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7d7b8e960a WPS: Split wps_common.c into parts
To make it easier to find various functions, attribute functions were
split into wps_attr_{build,parse,process}.c.
2008-11-29 13:16:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
120bd30c34 WPS: Moved RF Bands processing into wps_dev_attr.c
This allows the RF Bands attribute to be configured and stored.
2008-11-29 12:59:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c0d041d9a7 WPS: Moved ProbeReq/AssocReq WPS IE building into wps_common.c
This code and the related attributes are not specific to Enrollee
functionality, so wps_common.c is the correct location for them.
2008-11-29 12:44:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7d7c918d97 WPS: Pass device data into wps_enrollee_build_probe_req_ie()
Use configured device data instead of hardcoded values to generate WPS
IE for Probe Request.
2008-11-29 12:19:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
eb76b7e3ff WPS: Parse Request Type from WPS IE in (Re)AssocReq and derive mgmt keys
WPS IE is now passed from hostapd association processing into EAP-WSC
and WPS processing. Request Type attribute is parsed from this
information and if the request is for a WLAN Manager Registrar,
additional management keys are derived (to be used with UPnP).
2008-11-29 12:11:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e9ab39b444 WPS: Added comments for main data structures 2008-11-28 20:50:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
398cfbf6be WPS: Moved mac_addr and uuid configuration into wps_context
There is no need to complicate EAPOL and EAP interfaces with WPS
specific parameters now that wps_context is passed through.
2008-11-28 20:44:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
116654ce24 WPS: Moved wps_context initialization into wps_supplicant.c
The wps_context data is now managed at wpa_supplicant, not EAP-WSC. This
makes wpa_supplicant design for WPS match with hostapd one and also
makes it easier configure whatever parameters and callbacks are needed
for WPS.
2008-11-28 20:32:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bcbbc7af45 WPS: Merged two cred_cb variables into the same one
Previously, wpa_supplicant as Enrollee case was handled using a
different callback function pointer. However, now that the wps_context
structure is allocated for all cases, the same variable can be used in
all cases.
2008-11-28 20:02:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ff434cbdda WPS: Moved device attributes into wps_context::dev for Enrollee case
Previously, hardcoded values were used in wps_enrollee.c. These are now
moved into shared data in struct wps_context. In case of
AP/Authenticator, these are initialized in wps_hostapd.c. In case of
client/supplicant, these are now initialized in EAP-WSC peer method,
but will probably end up being moved into higher layer for better
configuration.
 EAP-WSC peer method for
2008-11-28 19:29:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9d695f3dd0 WPS: Update supplicant configuration when acting as an external Registrar
This allows the network to be used after the Registrar configuration
step. The local WPS network is replaced with a new network block
similarly to the case of acting as an Enrollee.
2008-11-27 21:23:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3f42d42c07 WPS: Moved Credential building to use struct wps_credential
This makes it easier to store old AP settings into wps->cred (and allow
them to modified and taken into use in the future). Separation between
Credential and AP Settings building is also cleaner in this design.
2008-11-27 21:14:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
96a2ed9f50 WPS: Process old AP Settings in M7 when registering as external Registrar
The old (i.e., currently used) AP Settings are processed. For now, they
are copied as-is into M8 as new AP Settings to avoid changing
configuration. This should be changed to allow external programs (e.g.,
GUI) to fetch the old AP settings over ctrl_iface and then allow
settings to be changed before sending M8 with the new settings.
2008-11-27 20:32:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fced73755f WPS: Moved Credential and AP Settings processing in common code
The core processing of attributes into struct wps_credential is now in
wps_common.c (was in wps_enrollee.c), so that the same code can be
shared with Registrar.
2008-11-27 20:15:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
82c39bf10f Fixed a typo in a debug message 2008-11-27 19:38:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
76603ad4c8 WPS: Added parsing of Request Type and Response Type attributes 2008-11-26 21:00:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f855f923a7 WPS: Moved UUID configuration from phase1 into global config area 2008-11-26 20:47:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6dcfad915f PEAPv0: Added support for IPMK/CMK derivation in session resumption case 2008-11-26 13:27:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a8d8410e1f Added support for configuring secondary channel offset for HT40 2008-11-24 16:33:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fc14f56759 Added IEEE 802.11n HT capability configuration (ht_capab) 2008-11-24 15:44:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ba4dc6be9e Updated HT Capabilities Info field names to match with 802.11n/D7.0 2008-11-24 15:08:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
191a8ad794 Use SSL_F_SSL_SET_SESSION_TICKET_EXT instead of OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER
to figure out whether to use the new session ticket override API with
OpenSSL.
2008-11-23 21:14:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d268507aa0 Reject GPSK-3 if ID_Server in it does not match with the value in GPSK-1 2008-11-23 20:06:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
afc7a7ad3c Add a .gitignore for the new wps directory. 2008-11-23 19:40:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ad08c3633c Added preliminary Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS) implementation
This adds WPS support for both hostapd and wpa_supplicant. Both programs
can be configured to act as WPS Enrollee and Registrar. Both PBC and PIN
methods are supported.

Currently, hostapd has more complete configuration option for WPS
parameters and wpa_supplicant configuration style will likely change in
the future. External Registrars are not yet supported in hostapd or
wpa_supplicant. While wpa_supplicant has initial support for acting as
an Registrar to configure an AP, this is still using number of hardcoded
parameters which will need to be made configurable for proper operation.
2008-11-23 19:34:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4dcfc4a5ae Preparations for 0.6.6 release 2008-11-23 17:00:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a532c108bd Add more verbose debug output for GSM-Milenage use (RAND,SRES,Kc) 2008-11-22 14:06:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1ac2d4a9ee Fixed canceling of PMKSA caching with driver generated RSN IE
It looks like some Windows NDIS drivers (e.g., Intel) do not clear the
PMKID list even when wpa_supplicant explicitly sets the list to be
empty. In such a case, the driver ends up trying to use PMKSA caching
with the AP and wpa_supplicant may not have the PMK that would be needed
to complete 4-way handshake.

RSN processing already had some code for aborting PMKSA caching by
sending EAPOL-Start. However, this was not triggered in this particular
case where the driver generates the RSN IE. With this change, this case
is included, too, and the failed PMKSA caching attempt is cleanly
canceled and wpa_supplicant can fall back to full EAP authentication.
2008-11-21 15:31:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
012783f1ab Fixed EAP-TLS message fragmentation for the last TLS message
It the message was large enough to require fragmentation (e.g., if a large
Session Ticket data is included), More Fragment flag was set, but no
more fragments were actually sent (i.e., Access-Accept was sent out).
2008-11-20 19:39:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f32fe71a1f Fixed Milenage debug output to use correct length for IK and CK 2008-11-20 15:45:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6cd4f02b03 Fixed EAPA-AKA warning message about AT_RES length to use bits 2008-11-20 15:23:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c31a11c962 Changed PEAPv0 cryptobinding to be disabled by default
There are some interoperability issues with Windows Server 2008 NPS, so
better disable cryptobinding use by default for now.
2008-11-20 12:49:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bd1d13c199 Fixed size_t printf format for 64-bit builds 2008-11-19 21:21:34 +02:00
Jouke Witteveen
ea6380e7c9 Fixed a bug in read -> _read cleanup; one missed change 2008-11-19 21:20:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2d981c2fd0 EAP-PEAP: Copy Binding nonce from cryptobinding request to reply
It looks like [MS-PEAP] 3.2.5.6 points towards this being the expected
behavior (however, that chapter is very confusing).

In addition, remove Cryptobinding TLV from response if the received
Cryptobinding TLV is not valid. Add some more debug messages to the case
where the received Cryptobinding TLV is found invalid.
2008-11-19 19:25:14 +02:00
Carolin Latze
98842d51ec Separate OpenSSL engine configuration for Phase 2
I fixed the engine issue in phase2 of EAP-TTLS. The problem was that you
only defined one engine variable, which was read already in phase1. I
defined some new variables:

engine2
engine2_id
pin2

and added support to read those in phase2 wheres all the engine
variables without number are only read in phase1. That solved it and I
am now able to use an engine also in EAP-TTLS phase2.
2008-11-18 16:53:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9ef21b2fef roboswitch: Minor coding style cleanup 2008-11-18 16:35:08 +02:00
Jouke Witteveen
e519314ee9 Add RoboSwitch driver interface for wpa_supplicant
Find attached the patch that creates a new driver: roboswitch. This
driver adds support for wired authentication with a Broadcom
RoboSwitch chipset. For example it is now possible to do wired
authentication with a Linksys WRT54G router running OpenWRT.

LIMITATIONS
- At the moment the driver does not support the BCM5365 series (though
adding it requires just some register tweaks).
- The driver is also limited to Linux (this is a far more technical
restriction).
- In order to compile against a 2.4 series you need to edit
include/linux/mii.h and change all references to "u16" in "__u16". I
have submitted a patch upstream that will fix this in a future version
of the 2.4 kernel. [These modifications (and more) are now included in
the kernel source and can be found in versions 2.4.37-rc2 and up.]

USAGE
- Usage is similar to the wired driver. Choose the interfacename of
the vlan that contains your desired authentication port on the router.
This name must be formatted as <interface>.<vlan>, which is the
default on all systems I know.
2008-11-18 16:30:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cd35db9fef Updated userspace MLME instructions for current mac80211
Remove the old code from driver_wext.c since the private ioctl interface is
never going to be used with mac80211. driver_nl80211.c has an
implementation than can be used with mac80211 (with two external patches to
enable userspace MLME configuration are still required, though).
2008-11-18 15:45:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0cf03892a4 OpenSSL 0.9.9 API change for EAP-FAST session ticket overriding API
Updated OpenSSL code for EAP-FAST to use an updated version of the
session ticket overriding API that was included into the upstream
OpenSSL 0.9.9 tree on 2008-11-15 (no additional OpenSSL patch is
needed with that version anymore).
2008-11-16 21:29:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ea251b4a23 EAP-FAST: Reorder TLVs in PAC Acknowledgment to fix interop issues
It looks like ACS did not like PAC Acknowledgment TLV before Result TLV, so
reorder the TLVs to match the order shown in a
draft-cam-winget-eap-fast-provisioning-09.txt example. This allows
authenticated provisioning to be terminated with Access-Accept (if ACS has
that option enabled). Previously, provisioning was otherwise successful,
but the server rejected connection due to not understanding the PAC Ack
("Invalid TEAP Data recieved").
2008-11-16 11:10:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6982784e20 EAP-SIM/AKA: fixed initialization to verify PIN even if identity is set
Previously, hardcoded identity in the network configuration skipped both
IMSI reading and PIN verification. This broke cases where PIN is needed for
GSM/UMTS authentication. Now, only IMSI reading is skipped if identity is
hardcoded.
2008-11-07 20:09:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
04a5bad682 EAP-AKA: Validate RES Length field in AT_RES
This change breaks interoperability with older wpa_supplicant versions
(everything up to and including wpa_supplicant 0.5.10 and 0.6.5) which
incorrectly used this field as number of bytes, not bits, in RES.
2008-11-07 08:34:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fa71a1d84a Fixed EAP-AKA RES Length field in AT_RES as length in bits, not bytes 2008-11-07 08:30:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
36100718de EAP-FAST server: allow expired PAC for PAC refresh
Instead of falling back to full TLS handshake on expired PAC, allow the
PAC to be used to allow a PAC update with some level of server
authentication (i.e., do not fall back to full TLS handshake since we
cannot be sure that the peer would be able to validate server certificate
now). However, reject the authentication since the PAC was not valid
anymore. Peer can connect again with the newly provisioned PAC after this.
2008-11-06 22:57:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
39452b4deb EAP-FAST: Include Tunnel PAC request only after EAP authentication 2008-11-06 21:07:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
581a8cde77 Added support for enforcing frequent PTK rekeying
Added a new configuration option, wpa_ptk_rekey, that can be used to
enforce frequent PTK rekeying, e.g., to mitigate some attacks against TKIP
deficiencies. This can be set either by the Authenticator (to initiate
periodic 4-way handshake to rekey PTK) or by the Supplicant (to request
Authenticator to rekey PTK).

With both wpa_ptk_rekey and wpa_group_rekey (in hostapd) set to 600, TKIP
keys will not be used for more than 10 minutes which may make some attacks
against TKIP more difficult to implement.
2008-11-06 19:57:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
81eec387dd Added Milenage-GSM simulator for EAP-SIM
CONFIG_SIM_SIMULATOR=y in .config and password="Ki:OPc" in network config
to enable.
2008-11-06 04:21:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
31cbe002c9 driver_ndis: Added a workaround for a driver that removes SSID IE in scan
A driver was found to remove SSID IE from NDIS_WLAN_BSSID_EX IEs, but the
correct SSID is included in NDIS_802_11_SSID structure inside the BSSID
data. If this is seen in scan results, create a matching SSID IE and add it
to the end of IEs to fix scan result parsing.
2008-11-05 23:44:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2a24bb3199 Added Milenage USIM emulator for EAP-AKA (can be used to simulate test
USIM card with a known private key; enable with CONFIG_USIM_SIMULATOR in
.config and password="Ki:OPc:SQN" in network configuration).
2008-11-05 23:02:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
988ab690ac Preparations for 0.6.5 release 2008-11-01 17:20:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ac987fb7de Fixed fwrite error path in eap_fast_write_pac not to free buf
Caller expects the buffer to be allocated on error, so eap_fast_write_pac()
must be consistent with its behavior on error paths.
2008-11-01 17:09:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1add3c3387 Use the common ieee802_11_parse_elems() implementations for mlme.c 2008-10-29 21:57:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cb7b04c8c9 Moved ieee802_11_parse_elems() into common code 2008-10-29 21:48:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
308a4ec81a Verify fread(), fwrite(), and system() return values
These were starting to trigger compiler warning with recent glibc header
files and gcc.
2008-10-29 19:33:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dd20838a7d Fixed size_t printf format for 64-bit targets 2008-10-29 19:30:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8e8df25541 nl80211: Finish dumps properly (ported from iw.git) 2008-10-29 19:28:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
114622c021 Fixed EAPOL skip for PMKSA caching case to remain in authenticated state
Need to make sure that portValid is TRUE in order to avoid PAE state
machine going into DISCONNECTED state on eapol_sm_step(). This could be
triggered at least with OKC.
2008-10-25 20:21:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
244e07c54d EAP-FAST peer: Fixed not to add PAC Request in PAC Acknowledgement message 2008-10-19 10:02:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2d86724409 EAP-FAST: Allow A-ID and A-ID-Info to be configured separately
Changed EAP-FAST configuration to use separate fields for A-ID and
A-ID-Info (eap_fast_a_id_info) to allow A-ID to be set to a fixed
16-octet len binary value for better interoperability with some peer
implementations; eap_fast_a_id is now configured as a hex string.
2008-10-19 09:55:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a11c90a64a EAP-FAST: Make PAC-Key lifetime values configurable
The hardcoded values in eap_fast.c were replaced with values read from
hostapd.conf.
2008-10-08 17:25:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
378eae5e9b EAP-FAST: Added support for disabling anonymous/authenticated provisioning
eap_fast_prov config parameter can now be used to enable/disable different
EAP-FAST provisioning modes:
0 = provisioning disabled
1 = only anonymous provisioning allowed
2 = only authenticated provisioning allowed
3 = both provisioning modes allowed
2008-10-08 16:55:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f36f51e403 Change the order of Result TLV and PAC TLV to avoid interop issues
draft-cam-winget-eap-fast-provisioning-06.txt or RFC 4851 do not seem to
mandate any particular order for TLVs, but some interop issues were noticed
with an EAP-FAST peer implementation when Result TLV followed PAC TLV. The
example in draft-cam-winget-eap-fast-provisioning-06.txt shows the TLVs in
the other order, so change the order here, too, to make it less likely to
hit this type of interop issues.
2008-10-08 15:50:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3b7c9aa6aa Updated the comment on MS-Packet-Info mismatch based on [MS-SOH] info 2008-10-02 20:26:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b43f7c34d2 SoH: Add null termination for empty url in MS-Quarantine-State. 2008-10-02 20:22:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c908a9e5ae SoH: Add all the mandatory attributes into SSoH vendor specific attribute
This adds all the attributes that are marked as mandatory for SoH in
IF-TNCCS-SOH v1.0. MS-Machine-Inventory does not contain correct data
(i.e., all version fields are just marked as inapplicable) and
MS-MachineName is hardcoded to wpa_supplicant@w1.fi for now.
2008-10-02 19:34:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
75cf93d2c5 Fixed EAP-FAST peer not to add double Result TLV when ACKing PAC 2008-10-02 17:38:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b6310a6f47 NDIS: Set authMode=WPA2, if needed, when flushing PMKID cache
Some drivers may refuse OID_802_11_PMKID if authMode is not set to WPA2,
so let's set it temporarily, if needed, when flushing PMKID cache.
2008-10-02 16:25:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2e8c9a27f5 Fixed a typo 2008-10-02 12:40:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
510c02d4a3 Fixed EAP-TTLS server to verify eap_ttls_phase2_eap_init() return code
It is possible that the initialization of the Phase 2 EAP method fails and
if that happens, we need to stop EAP-TTLS server from trying to continue
using the uninitialized EAP method. Otherwise, the server could trigger
a segmentation fault when dereferencing a NULL pointer.
2008-10-01 13:55:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6241fcb165 nl80211: clean up netlink code
This is a port of commit cafe38cae0
from Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> for hostapd to
wpa_supplicant driver_nl80211.c.
2008-09-30 16:46:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
38fa763405 Added set_mode() handler for privsep 2008-09-29 17:09:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
147bdb3f9c Fixed build without CONFIG_CLIENT_MLME 2008-09-29 16:59:51 +03:00
Dan Williams
ec5f180a24 Add an optional set_mode() driver_ops handler for setting mode before keys
A bug just got reported as a result of this for mac80211 drivers.

https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=459399

The basic problem is that since taking the device down clears the keys
from the driver on many mac80211-based cards, and since the mode gets
set _after_ the keys have been set in the driver, the keys get cleared
on a mode switch and the resulting association is wrong.  The report is
about ad-hoc mode specifically, but this could happen when switching
from adhoc back to managed mode.
2008-09-29 16:45:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
36b5e559f1 Validate WEXT event iwe->u.data.length before using the event data
This is needed to avoid crashing wpa_supplicant with invalid event messages
that may be received when using 64-bit kernel with 32-bit userspace.
2008-09-27 10:49:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fa2ec7eb63 Silenced compiler warnings on size_t printf format and shadowed variables 2008-09-27 10:46:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b27f13ed28 MFP + FT: Added support for sending IGTK in FTIE 2008-09-01 11:00:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
565861976d Added support for using SHA256-based stronger key derivation for WPA2
IEEE 802.11w/D6.0 defines new AKMPs to indicate SHA256-based algorithms for
key derivation (and AES-CMAC for EAPOL-Key MIC). Add support for using new
AKMPs and clean up AKMP processing with helper functions in defs.h.
2008-08-31 22:57:28 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c2a714088d Moved WMM action category definition into ieee802_11_defs.h 2008-08-31 11:06:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5d22a1d5aa IEEE 802.11w: Added association ping
This updates management frame protection to use the assocition ping process
from the latest draft (D6.0) to protect against unauthenticated
authenticate or (re)associate frames dropping association.
2008-08-31 11:04:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0b60b0aaad Updated MFP defines based on IEEE 802.11w/D6.0 and use new MFPC/MFPR
This adds most of the new frame format and identifier definitions from IEEE
802.11w/D6.0. In addition, the RSN IE capability field values for MFP is
replaced with the new two-bit version with MFPC (capable) and MFPR
(required) processing.
2008-08-30 14:59:39 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fd630bc183 Fixed WEXT scan result parser to not crash on invalid IEs (zero len buffer)
If IWEVGENIE or custom event wpa_ie/rsn_ie is received in scan with empty
buffer, the previous version ended up calling realloc(NULL, 0) which seems
to return a non-NULL value in some cases. When this return value is passed
again into realloc with realloc(ptr, 0), the returned value could be NULL.
If the ptr is then freed (os_free(data.ie) in SIOCGIWAP handling), glibc
may crash due to invalid pointer being freed (or double-freed?). The
non-NULL realloc(NULL, 0) return value from glibc looks a bit odd behavior,
but anyway, better avoid this case completely and just skip the IE events
that have an empty buffer.

This issue should not show up with drivers that produce proper scan results
since the IEs will always include the two-octet header. However, it seems
to be possible to see this when using 64-bit kernel and 32-bit userspace
with incorrect compat-ioctl processing.
2008-08-27 09:52:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4d4233eaf4 Fixed internal TLSv1 server implementation for abbreviated handshake
When the TLS handshake had been completed earlier by the server in case of
abbreviated handshake, the output buffer length was left uninitialized. It
must be initialized to zero in this case. This code is used by EAP-FAST
server and the uninitialized length could have caused it to try to send a
very large frame (though, this would be terminated by the 50 roundtrip EAP
limit). This broke EAP-FAST server code in some cases when PAC was used to
establish the tunnel.
2008-08-24 13:08:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1f21bc4cc3 Fixed EAP-FAST server PAC-Opaque padding
0.6.4 broke this for some peer identity lengths. The padding was supposed
to make sure that the length of PAC-Opaque is divisible by 8.
2008-08-24 12:50:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f40b972690 HT: Removed unused definitions 2008-08-22 21:07:07 +03:00
Tomas Winkler
71b6ae1425 Add Intel copyright for files with 802.11n Intel changes
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
2008-08-22 09:15:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
de9289c8e9 Add preliminary IEEE 802.11n support into hostapd
This commit brings in cleaned up version of IEEE 802.11n implementation
from Intel (1). The Intel tarball includes number of other changes, too,
and only the changes specific to IEEE 802.11n are brought in here. In
addition, this does not include all the changes (e.g., some of the
configuration parameters are still missing and driver wrapper changes for
mac80211 were not included).

(1)
http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/chuyee/wireless/iwl4965_ap/hostap_0_6_0_intel_0.0.13.1.tgz
2008-08-21 18:18:38 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3c83f19c80 Added mlme_{add,remove}_sta() for userspace MLME
These functions are based on the hostapd implementation and complete
the userspace MLME code in wpa_supplicant (though, mac80211 will still need
couple of pending patches to be integrated in order to get userspace client
MLME working again).
2008-08-18 22:01:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1d8ce433c9 Internal X.509/TLSv1: Support SHA-256 in X.509 certificate digest 2008-08-16 11:21:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a9141cffb0 Updated EAP-TTLSv0 references to use RFC 5281 2008-08-16 10:17:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1c8735848d nl80211: Preliminary code for usermode MLME support
This adds some parts needed to use usermode MLME with the current mac80211
(plus a patch to add a new cfg80211 command; not yet submitted to
wireless-testing). This version creates a monitor interface for management
frames and is able to send Probe Request frames during scan. However, it
looks like management frame reception is not yet working properly. In
addition, mlme_{add,remove}_sta() handlers are still missing.
2008-08-15 22:14:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7524cfb1a3 nl80211: Fixed re-initialization of removed and re-inserted interface
Network device ifindex will change when the interface is re-inserted.
driver_nl80211.c will need to accept netlink events from "unknown" (based
on ifindex) interfaces when a previously used card was removed earlier. If
the previously removed interface is added back, the driver_wext data need
to be updated to match with the new ifindex value. In addition, the initial
setup tasks for the card (set interface up, update ifindex, set mode, etc.)
from wpa_driver_nl80211_init() need to be run again.

This is the changes from commit 3fbda8f943
(driver_wext.c) ported for driver_nl80211.c.
2008-08-15 17:55:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0a4e6cbf88 nl80211: Fixed set_mode() to actually use adhoc/station nl80211 variables 2008-08-15 17:52:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c1e033b0bb IEEE Std 802.11r-2008 has been released, so update references 2008-08-15 11:25:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d48ae45b73 Preparations for 0.6.4 release 2008-08-10 20:33:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6724f4d07a Fixed MinGW build without CONFIG_NDIS_EVENTS_INTEGRATED defined 2008-08-10 18:11:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ccb172ed75 Renamed MSG to PROC_MSG to avoid conflicts with MinGW winuser.h 2008-08-10 18:00:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3ff77e070d Fixed opportunistic key caching (OKC)
wpa_sm_set_config() can be called even if the network block does not
change. However, the previous version ended up calling
pmksa_cache_notify_reconfig() every time and this cleared the network
context from PMKSA cache entries. This prevented OKC from ever being used.

Do not call pmksa_cache_notify_reconfig() if the network context remains
unchanged to allow OKC to be used.
2008-08-03 20:16:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3fbda8f943 WEXT: Fixed re-initialization of removed and re-inserted interface
Network device ifindex will change when the interface is re-inserted.
driver_wext.c will need to accept netlink events from "unknown" (based on
ifindex) interfaces when a previously used card was removed earlier. If the
previously removed interface is added back, the driver_wext data need to be
updated to match with the new ifindex value. In addition, the initial setup
tasks for the card (set interface up, update ifindex, set mode, etc.) from
wpa_driver_wext_init() need to be run again.
2008-07-25 01:30:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6652b61cd4 Fixed EAP-TNC not to include extra EAP header and TNC flags
The change to support fragmentation added extra function to generate the
EAP header, but forgot to remove the original code and ended up getting two
EAP headers and TNC flags field in the generated message. These header
fields need to be added only in the function that builds the final message
(and if necessary, fragments the data).
2008-07-17 02:17:37 +03:00
Dan Williams
93ef879f0f wext: fix maxrate calculation
When scan results got moved from wpa_scan_result -> wpa_scan_res, the
'maxrate' member was dropped from wpa_scan_res.  The D-Bus interface
used 'maxrate', which was replaced with wpa_scan_get_max_rate().
Unfortunately, wpa_scan_get_max_rate() returns 802.11 rate values
directly from the IE, where 'maxrate' was the rate in bits/second.  The
supplicant internally fakes an IE for wpa_scan_res from the value of
wpa_scan_result->maxrate, but interprets ->maxrate as an 802.11 rate
index.

As a side-effect, this fixes a soft-break of the D-Bus control API since
the wpa_scan_res change was introduced.
2008-07-15 20:07:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6e33ca4529 Fixed wpa_scan_get_max_rate() to clear the basicrate flag when determining
the highest rate.
2008-07-15 20:05:50 +03:00
Michael Bernhard
886a807fb5 Make proactive key caching working again
Function 'wpa_sm_set_config' used the argument 'config' as the network
context which is a pointer to a local variable of the function
'wpa_supplicant_rsn_supp_set_config'.

This is one reason why no proactive key was generated. This network
context never matched with the network context saved in the pmksa cache
entries.

The structure 'rsn_supp_config' has already a member 'network_ctx' which
is now filled in by this patch with 'ssid'.

Signed-off-by: Michael Bernhard <michael.bernhard@bfh.ch>
2008-07-06 10:50:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
089165e6a4 Added temporary #ifdef WEXT_MFP_PENDING around the MFP changes
Just in case, do not use the not-yet-approved WEXT changes even if someone
where to build wpa_supplicant with IEEE 802.11w support unless this new
macro has been defined explicitly.
2008-06-18 11:18:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f0732adfe0 WEXT: IEEE 802.11w/MFP configuration
Added configuration of MFP related parameters with WEXT. The changes to
linux/wireless.h have not yet been applied to the Linux kernel tree, so the
code using them is still open to changes and is ifdef'ed out if
CONFIG_IEEE80211W is not set.
2008-06-18 11:13:33 +03:00
Masakazu Mokuno
84737a46a4 Add support for the driver which do 4-way handshake
Add the support for the Linux wireless drivers which want to do
4-way handshake and need to know the PSK before the handshake.

Signed-off-by: Masakazu Mokuno <mokuno@sm.sony.co.jp>
2008-06-18 11:09:00 +03:00
Masakazu Mokuno
e0f775b2a4 Add the flags for the drivers which do 4-way handshake
Add the new flags which are supposed to be included in Linux 2.6.27
for the drivers which want to do 4-way handshake and to know PMK.

Signed-off-by: Masakazu Mokuno <mokuno@sm.sony.co.jp>
2008-06-18 11:03:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3e2ad1b932 Fixed race condition between disassociation event and group key handshake
This avoids getting stuck in state where wpa_supplicant has canceled scans,
but the driver is actually in disassociated state. The previously used code
that controlled scan timeout from WPA module is not really needed anymore
(and has not been needed for past four years since authentication timeout
was separated from scan request timeout), so this can simply be removed to
resolved the race condition. As an extra bonus, this simplifies the
interface to WPA module.
[Bug 261]
2008-06-09 16:26:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2eeaa5c9d0 EAP-PEAP: Moved the common peap_prfplus() function into a shared file 2008-06-09 10:32:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3f5285e852 Added a preliminary nl80211/cfg80211 driver interface for wpa_supplicant
driver_nl80211.c is based on driver_wext.c and it is still using Linux
wireless extensions for many functions. Over time, the new driver interface
code should be modified to use nl80211/cfg80211 for everything.
2008-06-06 16:55:42 +03:00
Pavel Roskin
f3833aee90 Fix compile warnings on 64-bit systems
Don't cast pointers to int in definitions of PRISM2_HOSTAPD_RID_HDR_LEN
and PRISM2_HOSTAPD_GENERIC_ELEMENT_HDR_LEN.  Use size_t instead.  That's
actually what the code needs.
2008-06-06 14:17:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ad844747ca Updated the LibTomMath reference to use 0.41 version 2008-06-06 10:32:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b95394c66f Combined internal LibTomMath configuration into one option
CONFIG_INTERNAL_LIBTOMMATH_FAST=y in .config can now be used to enable all
optimized routines at a cost of about 4 kB. This is small enough increase
in size to justify simplified configuration.
2008-06-06 10:21:28 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ec0205a87a Added an option to build internal LibTomMath with faster div routine
At the cost of about 1 kB of additional binary size, the internal
LibTomMath can be configured to include faster div routine to speed up DH
and RSA. This can be enabled with CONFIG_INTERNAL_LIBTOMMATH_FAST_DIV=y in
.config.
2008-06-06 10:11:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b6ab429402 Read Michael MIC keys through TK2 union instead of offset from TK1
This gets rid of potential warnings about buffer bounds errors. The earlier
code works fine, but it is not the cleanest way of using the struct wpa_ptk
definition for TK1/TK2.
2008-06-05 21:00:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7cdeb81e1f Fixed potential NULL pointer dereference if memory allocation fails 2008-06-05 20:44:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
815c5e1435 Fixed RADIUS client local address forcing for IPv6 (eapol_test)
Need to use the IPv6 address data in bind() call if IPv6 is selected.
2008-06-05 20:33:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c5f5c91aeb Add faster, optional sqr routine for internal LibTomMath
At the cost of about 0.5 kB of additional binary size, the internal
LibTomMath can be configured to include faster sqr routine to speed up DH
and RSA. This can be enabled with CONFIG_INTERNAL_LIBTOMMATH_FAST_SQR=y in
.config.
2008-06-05 18:33:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4fba48a5a7 Silence compiler warnings about out of array bounds indexes
struct wpa_ie_hdr had separate fields for 24-bit OUI and 8-bit oui_type
for WPA/RSN selectors. {WPA,RSN}_SELECTOR_{GET,PUT} access these four
octets through oui and the "out-of-bounds" access for the fourth octet is
actually reading/writing oui_type. This works fine, but some tools complain
about the array bounds "failure". Since oui_type is never accessed
separately, the simplest fix is to just combine these into a single 4-octet
field.
2008-06-05 17:50:53 +03:00
Dan Williams
59c9707863 wext: handle mode switches correctly for mac80211
Since mac80211 requires that the device be !IFF_UP to change the mode
(and I think the old prism54 fullmac driver does too), do that.  This
shouldn't harm fullmac devices since they can handle mode switches on
the fly and usually don't care about up/down that much.
2008-06-04 20:55:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
87114163b7 Updated the comments since Montgomery reduction is now included 2008-06-04 11:59:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8ccc0402b2 Internal LibTomMath: add optional support for Montgomery reduction
Add a cost of about 2.5 kB of additional cost, the internal LibTomMath can
be configured to include fast exptmod routine to speed up DH and RSA.
This can be enabled with CONFIG_INTERNAL_LIBTOMMATH_FAST_EXPTMOD=y in
.config.
2008-06-04 11:57:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0527710dd3 Reduce integrated LibTomMath size by dropping negative exponent support
Current uses do not require support for negative exponent in exptmod, so we
can save about 1.5 kB in leaving out invmod.
2008-06-04 11:26:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a8e16edc86 Introduced new helper function is_zero_ether_addr()
Use this inline function to replace os_memcmp(addr,
"\x00\x00\x00\x00\x00\x00", ETH_ALEN) == 0.
2008-06-03 18:08:48 +03:00
Dan Williams
7e1488494e Do not continually reschedule specific scans to help finding hidden SSIDs
In situations where the driver does background scanning and sends a
steady stream of scan results, wpa_supplicant would continually
reschedule the scan.  This resulted in specific SSID scans never
happening for a hidden AP, and the supplicant never connecting to the AP
because it never got found.  Instead, if there's an already scheduled
scan, and a request comes in to reschedule it, and there are enabled
scan_ssid=1 network blocks, let the scan happen anyway so the hidden
SSID has a chance to be found.
2008-06-03 11:37:48 +03:00
Dan Williams
2e5a7b49a0 wext: don't overwrite BSS frequency
mac80211 sends _both_ channel and frequency in it's scan results, with
frequency first and channel second (it's since been fixed to send
channel first and frequency second to work around this issue).  This
results in wpa_supplicant getting the right value when the frequency
comes, but overwriting the value with '0' when the channel comes because
wpa_supplicant can't handle 5GHz channel numbers.  So if a valid
previous SIOCGIWFREQ event came in, don't try to overwrite it.
2008-06-02 20:47:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d952d16df4 Internal TLS: Added support for parsing PKCS #8 formatted private keys
The internal TLS implementation can now use both PKCS #1 RSA private key
and PKCS #8 encapsulated RSA private key. PKCS #8 encrypted private key is
not yet supported.
2008-06-02 19:39:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bf206cada3 Changed TLS server to use OpenSSL SSL_accept() instead of SSL_read()
The server handshake processing was still using SSL_read() to get OpenSSL
to perform the handshake. While this works for most cases, it caused some
issues for re-authentication. This is now changed to use SSL_accept() which
is more approriate here since we know that the handshake is still going on
and there will not be any tunneled data available. This resolves some of
the re-authentication issues and makes it possible for the server to notice
if TLS processing fails (SSL_read() did not return an error in many of
these cases while SSL_accept() does).

Set session id context to a unique value in order to avoid fatal errors
when client tries session resumption (SSL_set_session_id_context() must be
called for that to work), but disable session resumption with the unique
value for the time being since not all server side code is ready for it yet
(e.g., EAP-TTLS needs special Phase 2 processing when using abbreviated
handshake).

Changed EAP-TLS server not to call TLS library when processing the final
ACK (empty data) from the client in order to avoid starting a new TLS
handshake with SSL_accept().
2008-05-29 20:36:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3c99fa29d3 Add eap_tls_state() to get closer to EAP-TTLS/PEAP/FAST code 2008-05-28 17:19:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cda97d11bb Share EAP-TLS/PEAP/TTLS/FAST core process() functionality
Move the basic processing of received frames into eap_tls_common.c and use
callback functions to handle EAP type specific processing of the version
field and payload.
2008-05-28 17:15:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3c724cc564 Do not refer to Flags::Version field as 'PEAP version'
This field is also used for EAP-TTLS and EAP-FAST, so it is clearer to use
a more generic term for it.
2008-05-28 09:59:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
34f564dbd5 Redesigned EAP-TLS/PEAP/TTLS/FAST fragmentation/reassembly
Fragmentation is now done as a separate step to clean up the design and to
allow the same code to be used in both Phase 1 and Phase 2. This adds
support for fragmenting EAP-PEAP/TTLS/FAST Phase 2 (tunneled) data.
2008-05-28 09:57:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ab17e3f2b7 Fixed EAP-IKEv2 server fragment processing
Need to clear the state back to MSG after having processed all incoming
fragments. Without this, the server got stuck in sending the fragment ACK
even after having received the full message.
2008-05-26 16:51:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ef626b4d50 Added a workaround for handling TLS compression
Even though we try to disable TLS compression, it is possible that this
cannot be done with all TLS libraries. For example, OpenSSL 0.9.8 does not
seem to have a configuration item for disabling all compression (0.9.9 has
such an option). If compression is used, Phase 2 decryption may end up
producing more data than the input buffer due to compressed data. This
shows up especially with EAP-TNC that uses very compressible data format.

As a workaround, increase the decryption buffer length to (orig_len+500)*3.
This is a hack, but at least it handles most cases. TLS compression should
really be disabled for EAP use of TLS, but since this can show up with
common setups, it is better to handle this case.
2008-05-26 12:33:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e572cb6398 Do not define tls_engine_get_cert() if OpenSSL engine is disabled 2008-05-26 12:04:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1b52ea47e4 Added fragmentation support for EAP-TNC 2008-05-26 12:00:18 +03:00
David Smith
d1f73353bc Add support to eap_peer for client cert and CA cert on smartcard and in
phase2 auth.
2008-05-23 10:52:49 +03:00
David Smith
e59c91af82 Add support to crypto/tls for client cert and CA cert from smartcard 2008-05-23 10:49:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fca25ef4b4 Only use SSL_OP_NO_COMPRESSION if it is defined
It looks like this SSL_set_options() value was added in 0.9.9 and it does
not exist in stable releases of OpenSSL. Fix build by using #ifdef on this
variable before use.
2008-05-21 10:10:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1f358437d3 Disable TLS compression since the EAP-TTLS/PEAP/FAST payload processing
does not support it currently and EAP-TLS RFC does not allow compression to
be negotiated for TLS.
2008-05-15 16:48:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
579313ab07 Fixed xsi:schemaLocation to use whitespace to separate members of the pair. 2008-05-06 21:29:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1c156e783d Fixed tls_prf() to handle keys with odd length
The middle byte of the secret (key for PRF) is shared with key halfs in
case the key length is odd. This does not happen in any of the current
tls_prf() uses, but it's better to fix this function to avoid future issues
should someone end up defining a use that uses an odd length for the key.
2008-04-14 20:11:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0146165170 TNC: Added preliminary code for IF-TNCCS-SOH client side support
Process SoH Request in SoH EAP Extension method and reply with SoH TLV. The
contents of SSoH is not yet complete (i.e., some of the required attributes
are still missing). Use of SoH is disabled by default; it can be enabled
with tnc=soh in phase1 parameter for PEAP.
2008-04-08 16:15:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d6888f9e37 PEAPv0: Added crypto_binding configuration option (part of phase1)
crypto_binding=# in phase1 network parameter can now be used to change the
PEAPv0 cryptobinding behavior (0 = do not use, 1 = optional (default),
2 = required).
2008-04-08 14:57:39 +03:00
Pavel Roskin
8738e4fc55 driver_wext: Fix missing bracket in [DORMANT]
Signed-off-by: Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org>
2008-04-07 10:09:37 +03:00
Tomasz Wolniewicz
c454f57379 eapol_test: Allow client IP address to be specified
Allow the user to set the IP address of the eapol_test client. This if
very useful when you have a machine with many interfaces and want to use a
particular one for testing RADIUS connectivity. For instance when I run the
national eduroam proxy I can only connect to other server from a particular
address, an our machine happens to have several IPs. So if I want to run
connectivity tests, I must make sure that my test uses a particular
interface. The -A option allows one to set this).

(jm: cleaned up to use radius configuration structure instead of global
variable for the address and added IPv6 support)
2008-03-30 18:15:52 +03:00
Tomasz Wolniewicz
1e4b9da10c Chargeable-User-Identity (RFC 4372) in eapol_test
Implements the Chargable-User-Identity (CUI), as defined in RFC 4372.
Option "-i" causes the eapol_test to send a NUL CUI - which is a request to
send a CUI back. Capital "-I" allows to specify the value of the CUI.
This has been defined for cases where the client wants to reauthenticate.
2008-03-30 17:39:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1c2ff04f3a TNC: Added preliminary code for IF-TNCCS-SOH server side support
If TNC is enabled, PEAPv0 server is now sending out SoH request to initiate
IF-TNCCS-SOH (Microsoft NAP / Statement of Health) handshake. The results
are currently only shown in debug log and they do not affect authentication
or authorization result.
2008-03-30 17:10:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
30680e9332 EAP-TTLS: Fixed implicit challenge derivation to use correct output length
The previous version was deriving unnecessarily large amount of output data
for the implicit challenge. With the TLS PRF, this was not causing any
problems because the output length is not explicitly bound into the
derivation. Anyway, it is better to use the correct output length should
the PRF be ever changed to a one that uses the output length to change the
beginning of the output data.
2008-03-23 12:07:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e7d8003358 EAP-PEAP: Fixed interop issues in key derivation with cryptobinding
It looks like Microsoft implementation does not match with their
specification as far as PRF+ label usage is concerned.. IPMK|CMK is derived
without null termination on the label, but the label for CSK derivation
must be null terminated.

This allows cryptobinding to be used with PEAPv0 in a way that
interoperates with Windows XP SP3 (RC2) and as such, this functionality is
now enabled as an optional addition to PEAPv0.
2008-03-19 16:58:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
32f049b2af EAP-PEAP: Swap MS-CHAP-v2 MPPE keys for EAP-PEAP ISK derivation
Microsoft uses reverse order for MS-MPPE keys in EAP-PEAP when compared to
EAP-FAST derivation of ISK. Swap the keys here to get the correct ISK for
EAP-PEAPv0 cryptobinding. This resolves the cryptobinding interop issue
with WinXP SP3 RC2. However, it looks like MSK derivation does not
interoperate when using cryptobinding, so this code remains disabled for
the time being.
2008-03-18 16:27:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e1a69a0b10 EAP-PEAP: Added preliminary code for PEAPv0 and PEAPv2 cryptobinding
This implementation is complete for PEAPv0 (Microsoft extension), but the
use of cryptobinding is disabled in this version, i.e., this does not
change protocol behavior at all.

Interop tests between hostapd and wpa_supplicant work fine, but there are
some problems in getting hostapd to interoperate with Windows XP SP3 RC2
(peer replies with Result Failure to the attempted cryptobinding). The
implementation will remain disabled until this issue has been resolved.
2008-03-18 12:19:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0ac0e4df1c EAP-PEAP: Moved EAP-TLV processing into eap_peap.c
EAP-PEAP was the only method that used the external eap_tlv.c peer
implementation. This worked fine just for the simple protected result
notification, but extending the TLV support for cryptobinding etc. is not
trivial with such separation. With the TLV processing integrated into
eap_peap.c, all the needed information is now available for using
additional TLVs.
2008-03-18 11:26:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
06726f0bdd EAP-PEAP: Moved EAP-TLV processing into eap_peap.c
EAP-PEAP was the only method that used the external eap_tlv.c server
implementation. This worked fine just for the simple protected result
notification, but extending the TLV support for cryptobinding etc. is not
trivial with such separation. With the TLV processing integrated into
eap_peap.c, all the needed information is now available for using
additional TLVs.
2008-03-18 08:31:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a865bd5031 Some cleanup for the new driver wrapper for PS3
wpa_printf() does not use '\n'. Fixed set_wpa_key() to allocate buf for
ASCII passphrase case.
2008-03-13 19:05:45 +02:00
Masakazu Mokuno
b5a357b476 Add support for PS3 Linux wireless driver
This adds support for PS3 wireless to wpa_supplicant.

Although PS3 wireless driver is designed to conform the WEXT standard
as much as possible, unfortunately the wext driver wrapper of
wpa_supplicant can not support PS3 wireless fully because:

 - PS3 wireless driver uses private WEXT ioctls for accepting PSK of
   WPA-Personal from the userland.
   WEXT does not specify the way to do it.

 - The association and 4-way handshake are done by PS3 virtual
   wireless device. The guest OSes can not interfere it.

 - No EAPOL frames are allowed to go outside of the
   hypervisor/firmware nor come from. They are eaten by the firmware.

Thus I needed to make a new driver wrapper for PS3 wireless.

This patch can be applied against the latest 0.6.x tree.

Signed-off-by: Masakazu Mokuno <mokuno@sm.sony.co.jp>
2008-03-13 19:00:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
658d166297 FT: Use correct BSSID when deriving PTK and verifying MIC
The old version was using struct wpa_sm::bssid which is not necessarily
updated to point to the correct target address when doing over-the-air FT
since the address is used before the association has actually been
completed.
2008-03-12 11:20:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
58a98fb027 Delete PTK SA on (re)association if this is not part of a Fast BSS
Transition. This fixes a potential issue where an incorrectly behaving AP
could send a group key update using the old (now invalid after reassociate)
PTK. This could also happen if there is a race condition between reporting
received EAPOL frames and association events.
2008-03-12 11:18:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ccfab35a6a Silence gcc 4.3.0 warnings about invalid array indexes 2008-03-12 09:33:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c80a74d70c TNC: Integrated TNC support into EAP-TTLS server
If TNC is enabled, EAP-TTLS will run a second EAP (TNC) inside the tunnel
after a successful authentication.
2008-03-09 12:05:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
35f39ac4c9 TNC: Fixed TNC when using EAP-TTLS with non-EAP Phase 2
Need to process EAP AVP after the non-EAP Phase 2 method. In addition,
EAP-TTLS/MSCHAPv2 needs special code for handling the starting of TNC after
extra roundtrip of MSCHAPv2 success message.
2008-03-09 12:04:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7db0fca522 TNC: Integrated TNC support into EAP-FAST server
Tunneled EAP sequence is now used to perform both the authentication (e.g.,
using EAP-GTC) and TNC validation (EAP-TNC) inside the EAP-FAST tunnel if
TNC has been enabled.
2008-03-09 11:22:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4f1c561725 TNC: Added support for using TNC with EAP-FAST 2008-03-09 11:21:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c3e258ae9f TNC: Provide 'tnc' configuration option for EAP server and methods 2008-03-09 10:42:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
da08a7c732 TNC: Added preliminary TNC implementation for hostapd
This adds EAP-TNC method and TNCS (IF-IMV and IF-TNCCS) functionality.
There is no integration with EAP-TTLS and EAP-FAST at this point, so this
version is not yet suitable for real use (i.e., EAP-TNC can only be tested
outside a tunnel which is not an allowed configuration for deployment).
However, the basic TNCS functionality is more or less complete and this
version seems to interoperate with wpa_supplicant.
2008-03-09 10:37:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
13b3f33942 EAP-FAST: Verify that identity from PAC-Opaque matches with Phase 2 (GTC) 2008-02-27 18:00:12 -08:00
Jouni Malinen
7914585fe0 EAP-FAST: Cleaned up TLV processing and added support for EAP Sequences
Number of TLVs were processed in groups and these cases were now separated
into more flexible processing of one TLV at the time. wpabuf_concat()
function was added to make it easier to concatenate TLVs. EAP Sequences are
now supported in both server and peer code, but the server side is not
enabled by default.
2008-02-27 17:59:34 -08:00
Jouni Malinen
2bab8ae401 EAP-FAST: Define and use EAP_FAST_CMK_LEN 2008-02-27 17:58:46 -08:00
Jouni Malinen
ed5a02fd94 Removed extra '_' from struct eap_tlv_crypto_binding__tlv name 2008-02-27 17:58:13 -08:00
Jouni Malinen
cdd1bc9288 EAP-FAST: Divided eap_fast_process() into number of helper functions 2008-02-27 17:57:49 -08:00
Jouni Malinen
7f4c1d4300 EAP-FAST: Moved common peer/server functionality into a shared file 2008-02-27 17:57:19 -08:00
Jouni Malinen
a4819630f6 EAP-FAST: Added shared helper functions for building TLVs 2008-02-27 17:56:30 -08:00
Jouni Malinen
829f14be17 EAP-FAST: Add peer identity into EAP-FAST PAC-Opaque
This allows Phase 2 Identity Request to be skipped if the identity is
already known from PAC-Opaque received in TLS handshake in order to save
one roundtrip from normal authentication.
2008-02-27 17:55:40 -08:00
Jouni Malinen
b0194fe07e Added max_listen_interval configuration option
This allows associations to be denied if the STA tries to use too large
listen interval. The default value is 65535 which matches with the field
size limits.
2008-02-27 17:54:06 -08:00
Jouni Malinen
4d6c3de3df driver_ralink: Make sure assoc_{req,resp}_ies do not get double-freed 2008-02-27 17:53:22 -08:00
Jouni Malinen
5e77500c4f driver_ralink: Use os_strlcpy instead of os_strncpy to ensure null
termination
2008-02-27 17:52:43 -08:00
Jouni Malinen
d04cbdd640 driver_ralink: Fixed couple of memory leaks on error path 2008-02-27 17:52:05 -08:00
Jouni Malinen
a6ee047fcb Verify that os_get_time() does not fail before using the time value when
registering an eloop timeout.
2008-02-27 17:50:36 -08:00
Jouni Malinen
72822e7be4 Fixed base64_decode() reject empty input buffers 2008-02-27 17:49:59 -08:00
Jouni Malinen
380da72b80 Enforce non-zero MPPE key length 2008-02-27 17:49:24 -08:00
Jouni Malinen
6076f6ce08 Silence SIOCSIWAUTH ioctl failure message.
These are expected in most cases and there is no need to confuse users
with the messages in stderr (perror was used here). These are now only
shown in debug output and EOPNOTSUPP errors are silently ignored.
2008-02-27 17:47:23 -08:00
Jouni Malinen
6fc6879bd5 Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release 2008-02-27 17:34:43 -08:00